CA1133209A - Shaped plastic articles having replicated microstructure surfaces - Google Patents
Shaped plastic articles having replicated microstructure surfacesInfo
- Publication number
- CA1133209A CA1133209A CA327,835A CA327835A CA1133209A CA 1133209 A CA1133209 A CA 1133209A CA 327835 A CA327835 A CA 327835A CA 1133209 A CA1133209 A CA 1133209A
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- independently
- zero
- carbon atoms
- integer
- formula
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G18/00—Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates
- C08G18/06—Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen
- C08G18/28—Polymeric products of isocyanates or isothiocyanates with compounds having active hydrogen characterised by the compounds used containing active hydrogen
- C08G18/67—Unsaturated compounds having active hydrogen
- C08G18/671—Unsaturated compounds having only one group containing active hydrogen
- C08G18/672—Esters of acrylic or alkyl acrylic acid having only one group containing active hydrogen
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29D—PRODUCING PARTICULAR ARTICLES FROM PLASTICS OR FROM SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE
- B29D11/00—Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
- B29D11/00605—Production of reflex reflectors
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B1/00—Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
- G02B1/04—Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements made of organic materials, e.g. plastics
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/12—Reflex reflectors
- G02B5/122—Reflex reflectors cube corner, trihedral or triple reflector type
- G02B5/124—Reflex reflectors cube corner, trihedral or triple reflector type plural reflecting elements forming part of a unitary plate or sheet
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T428/00—Stock material or miscellaneous articles
- Y10T428/24—Structurally defined web or sheet [e.g., overall dimension, etc.]
- Y10T428/24479—Structurally defined web or sheet [e.g., overall dimension, etc.] including variation in thickness
Abstract
SHAPED PLASTIC ARTICLES HAVING
REPLICATED MICROSTRUCTURE SURFACES
Abstract of the Disclosure An article comprising a shaped, plastic layer or body comprising crosslinked polymer with hard and soft segments or moieties and having a microstructure-bearing surface is prepared by a process comprising filling a mold master, bearing or encoded with the microstructure to be replicated, with a fluid, castable, one-part, pre-ferably solvent-free, radiation addition-polymerizable, crosslinkable, synthetic, organic oligomeric composition (or precursors thereof) having "hard" segments and "soft"
segments, exposing the resulting cast composition to radia-tion, preferably actinic radiation such as ultraviolet radiation, and thereby forming said article, e.g., a retro-reflective cube-corner sheeting, Fresnel lens or video disc.
REPLICATED MICROSTRUCTURE SURFACES
Abstract of the Disclosure An article comprising a shaped, plastic layer or body comprising crosslinked polymer with hard and soft segments or moieties and having a microstructure-bearing surface is prepared by a process comprising filling a mold master, bearing or encoded with the microstructure to be replicated, with a fluid, castable, one-part, pre-ferably solvent-free, radiation addition-polymerizable, crosslinkable, synthetic, organic oligomeric composition (or precursors thereof) having "hard" segments and "soft"
segments, exposing the resulting cast composition to radia-tion, preferably actinic radiation such as ultraviolet radiation, and thereby forming said article, e.g., a retro-reflective cube-corner sheeting, Fresnel lens or video disc.
Description
~33Z09 SHAPED PLASTIC ARTICLES HAVING
REPL _ TED MICROSTRUCTURE SURFACES
This invention relates to the replication of surfaces bearing microstructure. In another aspect it relates to shaped plastic articles, such as retroreflecting cube-corner sheeting, Fresnel lens elements, diffraction gratings, video discs, and ophthalmic lenses, having replicated microstructure-bearing surfaces, and to a pro-cess for the preparation of the articles. In another aspect, it relates to novel castable radiation curable -oligomers, a process for their preparation, and the use of such material in making said replicated plastic articles.
Many materials, techniques and processes have been proposed, patented or used for replicating various microstructure-bearing surfaces in the form of embossed, cast or molded plastic articles, e.g., see J.of Applied Physics, Vol. 45, No. 10, p. 4557, October, 1974. Some of these have been of practical value though of limited application in many instances while others have been found wanting as impractical, especially where the object has been high fidelity and durability of replication or mass production capability. In many cases, the progress in this art has been stymied by lack of suitable repli-cating materials.
For example, in the area of retroreflective cube-corner sheetings, used as traffic signs and the other applications where light reflection is used for traffic ~1~3Z09 direction and safety, U.S. Pat. No. 3,689,346 (Rowland) discloses a process for the continuous replication of such articles by depositing a crosslinkable,partially poly-merized resin, such as certain acrylic acid ester resins, 5 on a negative molding surface to be replicated, and exposing the resin to actinic light or heat to solidify the resin. The resins used typically exhibited relatively high levels of shrinkage upon solidifying or curing, thus giving rise to optical imperfections in the cube-corner microstructure, that is, changes in the angles between the faces of the cube-corner which produce light scatter-ing rather than the desired maximum retroreflectivity.
Attempts to overcome such shortcomings are described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,935,359 (Rowland) which discloses filling 15 further resin in the void resulting from the shrinkage, and U.S. Pat. No, 3,980,393 (Heasley et al) which dis-closes using a lens system in conjunction with the cube-corner structure in order to compensate for the shrinkage.
Such modifications are, of course, costly and demonstrate a need for replicating materials which do not significantly shrink and so cause optical imperfections in the replication.
An example where plastics have been used in replication of optical surfaces or elements is U.S. Pat.
No. 3,931,373 (Beattie~ which discloses replicating 25 ophthalmic lenses from plastic compositions,such as methyl methacrylate,by use of a replicating mold made of certain polymeric materials, such as certain copolymers of styrene and methyl methacrylate, to prevent distortion of lenses during cure. French Pat. No. 2,247,329 discloses 11;~3Z09 making replicas of video discs using ultra-violet radia-tion curable acrylics and epoxies. U.S. Pat. No. 3,334,958 (Appledorn) discloses Yresnel lens elements stamped from polymerized methyl methacrylate using molds made from machined master lenses.
Other U.S. patents disclosing replication of various articles using plastic compositions are U.S. Pat.
Nos. 2,310,790 (Jungerson), 2,482,598 (Roos), 3,565,978 (Folger et al), 3,190,947 (Norcros), 3,369,949 (Forrest) 3,667,946 (Sturderant), 2,524,862 (White); the replication process of these patents require high molding temperatures or pressures which cause loss of fidelity in the replicated structure, use of solvents which require a long time to evaporate, long cure cycles, curable materials which have a limited "pot" life, or result in replicated articles having limited toughness and dimensional stability and with severe shrinkage.
Though oligomers or cured polymers with "hard"
and "soft" segments or blocks have been disclosed in the prior art, e.g., see "Block Copolymers", Allport and Janes, published by Wiley & Sons, N.E. Chap. 8C, (1973), "Polymer Blends ~ Copolymers", Manson & Sperling, pub-lished by Plenum Press, N.Y., p. 153-166, (1976), "Polymer Engineering & Science", Vol. 11, No. 4, p. 369, (1971), "Encyclopedia of Polymer Science & Technology", Kirk-Othmer, Suppl., Vol. 1, p. 521-543 (1976, and U.S.
Pat. Nos. 3,560,417 (Pizzi et al) and 4,077,932 (Columbus), those materials have not been disclosed as useful in making shaped plastic articles comprising crosslinked polymer and having replicated microstructure surfaces.
Briefly, in one aspect, this invention provides an article comprising a shaped, plastic, monolithic layer (or body~ comprising certain crosslinked polymer and having one or more, like or different, replicated microstructure-bear~
ing surfaces. An example of such article is a traffic con-trol sign comprising a layer in the form of a self-support-ing or free film or sheet of said crosslinked polymer and having on one side a microstructure-bearing surface in the form of a replicated array of retroreflective cube-corners, the other side of which sheet can be a replicated "flat" sur-face. Such articles are prepared by a process comprising filling a mold master, bearing the microstructure to be re-plicated, with a fluid, castable, one-part, preferably sol-vent-free, radiation addition-polymerizable, crosslinkable, oligomeric composition (or precursors thereof) having both "hard" and "soft'~ segments, exposing the resulting cast com-position to radiation, preferably actinic radiation such as ultra~iolet radiation, and thereby forming said article.
Said process lends itself to rapid, mass production of such articles with no adverse environmental impact because no or only a minor amount of solvent or other volatiles are evolved and it can be carried out at ambient temperatures and pres-sures. The process also lends itself to replication of ar-ticles with microstructure comprising utilitarian discontinu-ities, such as projections and depressions, which are readilyreleased from the mold master without loss of the detail of the master and with retention of the replication of such detail under a wide variety of conditions during use. The articles can be formed with a wide variety of desired pro-perties, such as toughness, flexibility, optical clarity or , .
homogenity, and resistance to common solvents, the micro-structure of such articles having high thermal dimensional stability, resistance to abrasion and impact, and integrity even when the articles are bent, e.g., 180. The physical properties of the crosslinked polymer can be varied by pro-per selection of the oligomeric composition. The tensile strengths of the polymer can be varied from 70 to 700 kg/cm2, the modulus of elasticity can be varied from 140 to 14000 kg/cm2, and the elongation-to-break can be varied from 5 to lQ 300%. The optical homogenity of the polymer is manifested by at least 91% transmission of light, haze of less than 5%, and birefringence, ~n, of less than 0.002, and the flexi-bility is manifested by desirable dynamic shear moduli over a wide temperature range, e.g., 23 to 120C.
FIG. 1 is a plot of the dynamic shear moduli of illustrative plastics used in making plastic articles of this invention; FIG. 2 is an isometric view of replicated diffraction gratings of thiS invention; FIG. 3 is a plan view of replicated array of cube-corner retroreflective elements of this invention; FIG. 4 is an elevation section of FIG. 3 taken along 4-4j FIG. 4A is an elevation section of a modified retroreflective sheeting employing the array of FIG. 4; FIG. 5 is a diagrammatic view of a cube-corner element; FIG. 6 is an isometric view of a sheet of repli-cated linear Fresnel lenses of this invention; FIG. 7 is anisometric view of a replicated video disc of this invention;
FIG. 8 is an enlarged view of a portion of FIG. 7; FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of apparatus useful in making a sheet of cube-corner elements of FIGS. 3 and 4; and FIGS. lOA-lOI
are diagrams of illustrative profiles of various replicated microstructures of this invention.
-~133Z09 The term "microstructure", used herein in the con-text of a shaped article having a surface bearing microstruc-ture, means the configuration of a surface which depicts or characterizes the predetermined desired utilitarian purpose or function of said article. Discontinuities, such as pro-jections and indentations, in the surface will deviate in profile from the average profile or center line drawn through the microstructure such that the sum of the areas embraced by the surface profile above the line is equal to the sum of those areas below the line, said line being essentially parallel to the nominal surface (bearing the microstructure) of the article. The heights of said deviations will be + 0.005 ~m to + 750 ~m through a representative character-istic length of the surface, e.g.g 1 to 30 cm. Said average profile, or center line, can be plano, concave, convex, aspheric or combinations thereof. Articles where said de-viations are of low order, e.g., from + 0.005 ~m to 0.1 ~m or, preferably, to + 0.05 ~m, and said deviations are of infrequent or minimal occurrence, i.e., the surface is free of any significant discontinuities, are those where the microstructure-bearing surface is an essentially "flat" or "perfectly smooth" surface, such articles being useful, for example, as precision optical elements or elements with a precision optical interface, such as ophthalmic lenses.
Articles where said deviations are of said low order and of frequent occurrence are those, for example, bearing utili-tarian discontinuities, as in the case of articles having anti-reflective microstructure. Articles where said devia-tions are of high order, e.g., from + 0.1 ~m to + 750 ~m, 3 and attributable to microstructure comprising a plurality of utilitarian discontinuities which are the same or different and spaced apart or contiguous in a random or ordered manner, are articles such as retroreflective cube-corner sheeting, linear Fresnel lenses, and video discs. The microstructure-bearing surface can contain utilitarian dis-continuities of both said low and high orders. The micro-structure-bearing surface may contain extraneous or non-utilitarian discontinuities so long as the amounts or types thereof do not significantly interfere with or lQ adversely affect the predetermined desired utilities of said articles. It may be necessary or desirable to select a particular oligomeric composition whose shrinkage upon curing does not result in said interfering extraneous dis-continuities, e.g., a composition which shrinks only 2 to 6%.
The above described profiles and the dimensions and spacing of said discontinuities are those discernible by an electron microscope at lOOOX to lOO,OOOX or an opti-cal microscope at lOX to lOOOX.
In FIGS. lOA - lOI, various illustrative profiles of replicated microstructure-bearing surfaces are shown.
The profile of FIG. lOA is plano, free of utilitarian dis-continuities, and is illustrative of the microstructure of an ophthalmic lens or optical flat. The profiles of FIGS.
lOB and lOC have spaced-apart utilitarian discontinuities which in FIG. lOB are in the form of projection or raised areas 21 and in FIG. lOC are in the form of depressions or indentations 22, such profiles being illustrative, for example, of microstructure present on video discs. FIGS.
lOD and lOE depict profiles with a plurality of con-tiguous, utilitarian discontinuities, such profiles being illustrative, for example, of species of anti-reflective surfaces. FIG. lOF depicts a profile with a plurality of closely spaced arcs, e.g., hemispherical, and is illustra-tive of microstructure in the form of utilitarian lenslets, e.g., a replicated beaded layer which can be vapor coated with specular light reflecting material to provide a re-troreflective sheet. FIG. lOC- depicts a profile with in-dividual contiguous utilitarian discontinuities in the form of projections 23 of like size and shape, and is illustrative of cube-corner retroreflective microstructure made up of trihedral prism elements. FIG. lOH depicts a profile with utilitarian discontinuities in the form of alternating steps 24 and lands 25, such a profile being illustrative of a linear Fresnel lens. And FIG. lOI depicts a profile which is a combination of the types illustrated in FIGS. lOC and lOH, the lands 26 being "rough" due to low order utilitarian discontinuities, such a profile being illustrative of a linear Fresnel lens with anti-reflective microstructure.
Radiation addition-polymerizable, crosslinkable oligomeric compositions useful in making said shaped arti-cles of this invention comprise radiation addition-poly-merizable, oligomers or prepolymers having ~1~ one or more like or different "hard" (rigid) segments ("H"), viz.~
mono- or poly- and preferably di-valent moieties contain-ing one or more carbocyclic and/or he-terocyclic groups and ,.. ..
~ ~r ~'' ' .
1~33'~09 preferably difunctional linking groups with hydrogen-bonding capabilities, e.g., carbonyldioxy, -OC(O)O-, carbamato, -NHC(O)O-, ureylene, -NHCONH-, amido, -NHCO-, and oxy, -O-, said moieties, when their valences are satisfied by protons, having at least one major transition temperature above 250K, preferably above 350K, said tran-sition being a glass transition temperature or crystalline melting point, such as are usually detected by differen-tial thermal analysis or thermomechanical analysis, (2) one lQ or more like or different "soft" (flexible) segments ("S"), viz., mono- or, preferably, poly-valent moieties, such as a polyester, polysiloxane, polyacrylate, polyether or poly-olefin segment, each of which has a number average molecu-lar weight in the range of about 500 to 5000 and each of -which in the form of homopolymer has a glass transition temperature below 250K, and (3) one or more like or dif-ferent monovalent moieties ("E") containing a radiation sensitive, addition-polymerizable, functional group such as acrylyl, methacrylyl, allyl or vic-epoxy group. The amounts of "H", "S" and "E" segments or moieties in said oligomeric composition are such that the radiation-cured crosslinked plastic derived therefrom preferably has dynamic shear moduli, over the temperature range of 23 to 123C, on or within the boundary of area A-B-C-D of FIG. 1.
Where the oligomers contain two or more "H" segments, such segments can be the same or different, as is true of the "S" segments and the "E!' moieties. Further, the oligomers are free of labile groups, viz., -O-O- and -N=N-, and generally will have a number average molecular weight of about lQ00 to 30,000 grams per mole.
1133~0~
A class of such oligomers can be represented by the general formula [ E"("H") ES-( "H") ~ ¦S'~ I
where "E", "H", and "S" are as broadly defined above, ~ is 1 or 2, ~ is zero or an integer up to 20 whose average is less than about 5, and y is 2 or 3.
"E" in formula I can be represented by the formula CH2=C_~C ~ A ~ CH2 ~ d II
where Rl is a hydrogen atom or methyl, each A is independently -NH- or -0-., a, b, c and d are each independently zero or 1, with the provisos that (1) at least one of b and d must be 1,
REPL _ TED MICROSTRUCTURE SURFACES
This invention relates to the replication of surfaces bearing microstructure. In another aspect it relates to shaped plastic articles, such as retroreflecting cube-corner sheeting, Fresnel lens elements, diffraction gratings, video discs, and ophthalmic lenses, having replicated microstructure-bearing surfaces, and to a pro-cess for the preparation of the articles. In another aspect, it relates to novel castable radiation curable -oligomers, a process for their preparation, and the use of such material in making said replicated plastic articles.
Many materials, techniques and processes have been proposed, patented or used for replicating various microstructure-bearing surfaces in the form of embossed, cast or molded plastic articles, e.g., see J.of Applied Physics, Vol. 45, No. 10, p. 4557, October, 1974. Some of these have been of practical value though of limited application in many instances while others have been found wanting as impractical, especially where the object has been high fidelity and durability of replication or mass production capability. In many cases, the progress in this art has been stymied by lack of suitable repli-cating materials.
For example, in the area of retroreflective cube-corner sheetings, used as traffic signs and the other applications where light reflection is used for traffic ~1~3Z09 direction and safety, U.S. Pat. No. 3,689,346 (Rowland) discloses a process for the continuous replication of such articles by depositing a crosslinkable,partially poly-merized resin, such as certain acrylic acid ester resins, 5 on a negative molding surface to be replicated, and exposing the resin to actinic light or heat to solidify the resin. The resins used typically exhibited relatively high levels of shrinkage upon solidifying or curing, thus giving rise to optical imperfections in the cube-corner microstructure, that is, changes in the angles between the faces of the cube-corner which produce light scatter-ing rather than the desired maximum retroreflectivity.
Attempts to overcome such shortcomings are described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,935,359 (Rowland) which discloses filling 15 further resin in the void resulting from the shrinkage, and U.S. Pat. No, 3,980,393 (Heasley et al) which dis-closes using a lens system in conjunction with the cube-corner structure in order to compensate for the shrinkage.
Such modifications are, of course, costly and demonstrate a need for replicating materials which do not significantly shrink and so cause optical imperfections in the replication.
An example where plastics have been used in replication of optical surfaces or elements is U.S. Pat.
No. 3,931,373 (Beattie~ which discloses replicating 25 ophthalmic lenses from plastic compositions,such as methyl methacrylate,by use of a replicating mold made of certain polymeric materials, such as certain copolymers of styrene and methyl methacrylate, to prevent distortion of lenses during cure. French Pat. No. 2,247,329 discloses 11;~3Z09 making replicas of video discs using ultra-violet radia-tion curable acrylics and epoxies. U.S. Pat. No. 3,334,958 (Appledorn) discloses Yresnel lens elements stamped from polymerized methyl methacrylate using molds made from machined master lenses.
Other U.S. patents disclosing replication of various articles using plastic compositions are U.S. Pat.
Nos. 2,310,790 (Jungerson), 2,482,598 (Roos), 3,565,978 (Folger et al), 3,190,947 (Norcros), 3,369,949 (Forrest) 3,667,946 (Sturderant), 2,524,862 (White); the replication process of these patents require high molding temperatures or pressures which cause loss of fidelity in the replicated structure, use of solvents which require a long time to evaporate, long cure cycles, curable materials which have a limited "pot" life, or result in replicated articles having limited toughness and dimensional stability and with severe shrinkage.
Though oligomers or cured polymers with "hard"
and "soft" segments or blocks have been disclosed in the prior art, e.g., see "Block Copolymers", Allport and Janes, published by Wiley & Sons, N.E. Chap. 8C, (1973), "Polymer Blends ~ Copolymers", Manson & Sperling, pub-lished by Plenum Press, N.Y., p. 153-166, (1976), "Polymer Engineering & Science", Vol. 11, No. 4, p. 369, (1971), "Encyclopedia of Polymer Science & Technology", Kirk-Othmer, Suppl., Vol. 1, p. 521-543 (1976, and U.S.
Pat. Nos. 3,560,417 (Pizzi et al) and 4,077,932 (Columbus), those materials have not been disclosed as useful in making shaped plastic articles comprising crosslinked polymer and having replicated microstructure surfaces.
Briefly, in one aspect, this invention provides an article comprising a shaped, plastic, monolithic layer (or body~ comprising certain crosslinked polymer and having one or more, like or different, replicated microstructure-bear~
ing surfaces. An example of such article is a traffic con-trol sign comprising a layer in the form of a self-support-ing or free film or sheet of said crosslinked polymer and having on one side a microstructure-bearing surface in the form of a replicated array of retroreflective cube-corners, the other side of which sheet can be a replicated "flat" sur-face. Such articles are prepared by a process comprising filling a mold master, bearing the microstructure to be re-plicated, with a fluid, castable, one-part, preferably sol-vent-free, radiation addition-polymerizable, crosslinkable, oligomeric composition (or precursors thereof) having both "hard" and "soft'~ segments, exposing the resulting cast com-position to radiation, preferably actinic radiation such as ultra~iolet radiation, and thereby forming said article.
Said process lends itself to rapid, mass production of such articles with no adverse environmental impact because no or only a minor amount of solvent or other volatiles are evolved and it can be carried out at ambient temperatures and pres-sures. The process also lends itself to replication of ar-ticles with microstructure comprising utilitarian discontinu-ities, such as projections and depressions, which are readilyreleased from the mold master without loss of the detail of the master and with retention of the replication of such detail under a wide variety of conditions during use. The articles can be formed with a wide variety of desired pro-perties, such as toughness, flexibility, optical clarity or , .
homogenity, and resistance to common solvents, the micro-structure of such articles having high thermal dimensional stability, resistance to abrasion and impact, and integrity even when the articles are bent, e.g., 180. The physical properties of the crosslinked polymer can be varied by pro-per selection of the oligomeric composition. The tensile strengths of the polymer can be varied from 70 to 700 kg/cm2, the modulus of elasticity can be varied from 140 to 14000 kg/cm2, and the elongation-to-break can be varied from 5 to lQ 300%. The optical homogenity of the polymer is manifested by at least 91% transmission of light, haze of less than 5%, and birefringence, ~n, of less than 0.002, and the flexi-bility is manifested by desirable dynamic shear moduli over a wide temperature range, e.g., 23 to 120C.
FIG. 1 is a plot of the dynamic shear moduli of illustrative plastics used in making plastic articles of this invention; FIG. 2 is an isometric view of replicated diffraction gratings of thiS invention; FIG. 3 is a plan view of replicated array of cube-corner retroreflective elements of this invention; FIG. 4 is an elevation section of FIG. 3 taken along 4-4j FIG. 4A is an elevation section of a modified retroreflective sheeting employing the array of FIG. 4; FIG. 5 is a diagrammatic view of a cube-corner element; FIG. 6 is an isometric view of a sheet of repli-cated linear Fresnel lenses of this invention; FIG. 7 is anisometric view of a replicated video disc of this invention;
FIG. 8 is an enlarged view of a portion of FIG. 7; FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of apparatus useful in making a sheet of cube-corner elements of FIGS. 3 and 4; and FIGS. lOA-lOI
are diagrams of illustrative profiles of various replicated microstructures of this invention.
-~133Z09 The term "microstructure", used herein in the con-text of a shaped article having a surface bearing microstruc-ture, means the configuration of a surface which depicts or characterizes the predetermined desired utilitarian purpose or function of said article. Discontinuities, such as pro-jections and indentations, in the surface will deviate in profile from the average profile or center line drawn through the microstructure such that the sum of the areas embraced by the surface profile above the line is equal to the sum of those areas below the line, said line being essentially parallel to the nominal surface (bearing the microstructure) of the article. The heights of said deviations will be + 0.005 ~m to + 750 ~m through a representative character-istic length of the surface, e.g.g 1 to 30 cm. Said average profile, or center line, can be plano, concave, convex, aspheric or combinations thereof. Articles where said de-viations are of low order, e.g., from + 0.005 ~m to 0.1 ~m or, preferably, to + 0.05 ~m, and said deviations are of infrequent or minimal occurrence, i.e., the surface is free of any significant discontinuities, are those where the microstructure-bearing surface is an essentially "flat" or "perfectly smooth" surface, such articles being useful, for example, as precision optical elements or elements with a precision optical interface, such as ophthalmic lenses.
Articles where said deviations are of said low order and of frequent occurrence are those, for example, bearing utili-tarian discontinuities, as in the case of articles having anti-reflective microstructure. Articles where said devia-tions are of high order, e.g., from + 0.1 ~m to + 750 ~m, 3 and attributable to microstructure comprising a plurality of utilitarian discontinuities which are the same or different and spaced apart or contiguous in a random or ordered manner, are articles such as retroreflective cube-corner sheeting, linear Fresnel lenses, and video discs. The microstructure-bearing surface can contain utilitarian dis-continuities of both said low and high orders. The micro-structure-bearing surface may contain extraneous or non-utilitarian discontinuities so long as the amounts or types thereof do not significantly interfere with or lQ adversely affect the predetermined desired utilities of said articles. It may be necessary or desirable to select a particular oligomeric composition whose shrinkage upon curing does not result in said interfering extraneous dis-continuities, e.g., a composition which shrinks only 2 to 6%.
The above described profiles and the dimensions and spacing of said discontinuities are those discernible by an electron microscope at lOOOX to lOO,OOOX or an opti-cal microscope at lOX to lOOOX.
In FIGS. lOA - lOI, various illustrative profiles of replicated microstructure-bearing surfaces are shown.
The profile of FIG. lOA is plano, free of utilitarian dis-continuities, and is illustrative of the microstructure of an ophthalmic lens or optical flat. The profiles of FIGS.
lOB and lOC have spaced-apart utilitarian discontinuities which in FIG. lOB are in the form of projection or raised areas 21 and in FIG. lOC are in the form of depressions or indentations 22, such profiles being illustrative, for example, of microstructure present on video discs. FIGS.
lOD and lOE depict profiles with a plurality of con-tiguous, utilitarian discontinuities, such profiles being illustrative, for example, of species of anti-reflective surfaces. FIG. lOF depicts a profile with a plurality of closely spaced arcs, e.g., hemispherical, and is illustra-tive of microstructure in the form of utilitarian lenslets, e.g., a replicated beaded layer which can be vapor coated with specular light reflecting material to provide a re-troreflective sheet. FIG. lOC- depicts a profile with in-dividual contiguous utilitarian discontinuities in the form of projections 23 of like size and shape, and is illustrative of cube-corner retroreflective microstructure made up of trihedral prism elements. FIG. lOH depicts a profile with utilitarian discontinuities in the form of alternating steps 24 and lands 25, such a profile being illustrative of a linear Fresnel lens. And FIG. lOI depicts a profile which is a combination of the types illustrated in FIGS. lOC and lOH, the lands 26 being "rough" due to low order utilitarian discontinuities, such a profile being illustrative of a linear Fresnel lens with anti-reflective microstructure.
Radiation addition-polymerizable, crosslinkable oligomeric compositions useful in making said shaped arti-cles of this invention comprise radiation addition-poly-merizable, oligomers or prepolymers having ~1~ one or more like or different "hard" (rigid) segments ("H"), viz.~
mono- or poly- and preferably di-valent moieties contain-ing one or more carbocyclic and/or he-terocyclic groups and ,.. ..
~ ~r ~'' ' .
1~33'~09 preferably difunctional linking groups with hydrogen-bonding capabilities, e.g., carbonyldioxy, -OC(O)O-, carbamato, -NHC(O)O-, ureylene, -NHCONH-, amido, -NHCO-, and oxy, -O-, said moieties, when their valences are satisfied by protons, having at least one major transition temperature above 250K, preferably above 350K, said tran-sition being a glass transition temperature or crystalline melting point, such as are usually detected by differen-tial thermal analysis or thermomechanical analysis, (2) one lQ or more like or different "soft" (flexible) segments ("S"), viz., mono- or, preferably, poly-valent moieties, such as a polyester, polysiloxane, polyacrylate, polyether or poly-olefin segment, each of which has a number average molecu-lar weight in the range of about 500 to 5000 and each of -which in the form of homopolymer has a glass transition temperature below 250K, and (3) one or more like or dif-ferent monovalent moieties ("E") containing a radiation sensitive, addition-polymerizable, functional group such as acrylyl, methacrylyl, allyl or vic-epoxy group. The amounts of "H", "S" and "E" segments or moieties in said oligomeric composition are such that the radiation-cured crosslinked plastic derived therefrom preferably has dynamic shear moduli, over the temperature range of 23 to 123C, on or within the boundary of area A-B-C-D of FIG. 1.
Where the oligomers contain two or more "H" segments, such segments can be the same or different, as is true of the "S" segments and the "E!' moieties. Further, the oligomers are free of labile groups, viz., -O-O- and -N=N-, and generally will have a number average molecular weight of about lQ00 to 30,000 grams per mole.
1133~0~
A class of such oligomers can be represented by the general formula [ E"("H") ES-( "H") ~ ¦S'~ I
where "E", "H", and "S" are as broadly defined above, ~ is 1 or 2, ~ is zero or an integer up to 20 whose average is less than about 5, and y is 2 or 3.
"E" in formula I can be represented by the formula CH2=C_~C ~ A ~ CH2 ~ d II
where Rl is a hydrogen atom or methyl, each A is independently -NH- or -0-., a, b, c and d are each independently zero or 1, with the provisos that (1) at least one of b and d must be 1,
(2) if b and c are both zero, then a and d must be 1,
(3) if b and d are both 1, then a and c must be 1, and e is at least 2, and
(4) if d is 1 and a and b are both zero, then c must be 1, e is an integer of 1 to 5, subgenera of formula II being those of the formulas:
Rl ~ .
CH~=C - C-A- IIA
where preferably Rl is methyl and A is -0-, 1~33Z09 R o CH2=C-d-o~CH2 ~ A- IIB
where preferably Rl is methyl, A is -O-, and e is 2, Rl and CH2=C-CH2-A- IIC
where preferably Rl is a hydrogen atom and A is -O-.
"E" in formula I can also be that represented by the formulas:
2/ 2-~ 2~~ III
O
R
~ B ~ o~ IV
where (in formulas III and IV) R2 is hydrogen or a lower alkyl (e.g., with 1 to 4 carbon atoms and preferably is methyl), B is ~CH2~f, -CO-, ~CH2~ CO- or ~CH2~fOC(O)~CH2~ C(O)O(CH2~ , ; and each f is an integer of 2 to 5, each d is in-dependently zero or 1, and e is 1 to 5.
"H" in formula I can be represented by the formulas:
O O O O
-C-~A ~ R3-~A ~ C- -A-R4 A-C~A~dR3~A ~ C~ V
1~33Z09 ~Ch2chcll2o~ ~ ~OCN2CHCh2~0~ VI
~ ~dt~ ~13 ) d~ VI I
and ~0~ IS 0~ ~ ~~d VIII
h~
or, where "E" in formula I is selected from the group of structures represented by formulas IIA, IIB, and IIC, "H"
can be represented by the following structure:
--H2C~ ~CH2 -oR40H2C~ /CH2----(R O)dCH2~Q~ ~CH2R R H2C ~?~, CH2R IX
~ (CH20R ) 1~ (CH20R )2 d ~133Z09 where (in formulas V, VI, VII, VIII and IX), each R is i.ndependently as defined above for formula IV, each R3 is independently a di-valent carbocyclic-containing radical derived from benzene, napthalene, cyclohexane, dicyclohexylmethane, diphenylmethane, or norbornene, and their lower alkyl-substituted derivatives, by removal of two of their hydrogen atoms, each R is independently an alkylene moiety with 2 to 10 (and preferably 2, 4 or 6) carbon atoms, or a cycloalkylene moiety with 6 to 10 carbon atoms (and preferably 8 carbon atoms, 6 of which are ring-carbon atoms), each R5 is independently a phenyl moiety or (prefer-ab-ly) methyl each R is independently a lower alkyl with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably methyl, g is zero or a number up to 5 (and preferably an average of 1 to 3), B is as defined in formula IV, h is an integer of 1 to 10, h1 is zero or an integer of 1 to 10, each d, d' and d" is independently zero or 1, with the proviso that if either one of d' or d" is 1, then the other is zero, and A is as defined above for formula II.
"S" in formula I can be the polyether (or poly-oxyalkylene),~olyester, polyolefin, polyacrylate, or polysiloxane residue remaining afterremoval of the active hydrogen atoms of polyols (illustrated by the generic formula RS(OH)y hereinafter), such as polyether (or polyoxyalkylene) polyols, polyester polyols, polyether polyester polyols, polyolefin polyols, polysiloxane polyols, and poly(alkylacrylate) polyols, or polyamines (illus-1~33Z09 rated by the generic formula RS(NH2)y hereinafter), such as polyoxalkylene polyamines, polyolefin polyamines, and polysiloxane polyamines, said polyoxyalkylene residue in-cluding those of the formula:
E-R ~OR ~iO-](R ~d~R7_A~ X
where each A is independently -NH- or -O-, (oR7)i is oxyalkylene or poly(oxyalkylene), R7 is an alkylene of 2 to 4 carbon atoms, such as ~CH2~ , ~CH2~3, ~CH2~4~ -CH2C ( 3 -CH2CH(CH3)CH2-, and -CH(CH3)CH(CH3)-, R8 is a saturated aliphatic radical free of active hydrogen atoms and which can contain 1 or 2 non-vicinal catenary oxygen or nitrogen atoms, R8 having a valence equal to j and 2 to 10 carbon atoms, i is a number of 1 to 20, preferably 2 to 10, and j is an integer of 1 to 3, and d and c are each independently zero or 1 with the provisos that when d is 1, then c is zero and j is 2 or 3, and when d is zero, then j is 1, subgenera of "S" within the scope of formula X being those polyoxyalkylene residues represented by the general formulas:
-A~CH2 ~ ~CH2 ~ 0~cH2~ A XA
~33209 where preferably each f' is independently 3 to 5 (more preferably 4) and i' is 5 to 109 ~A~CH2 ~ O~CH2 ~ o~ ~8 XB
where preferably f' is 3 to 5 (more preferably 4), i' is 5 to 10, and k is 2 or 3 and the valence of R8, 2 2 ~ ~ 2 ~ ~-CH2cH ~ -A- XC
where the groups enclosed by the single brackets with subscripts m and n are repeating units randomly dis-tributed , m is zero or 1 to 4, n is 4 to 20, with the proviso that n/m is at least 4, and ¦~-R~CR2~ {~0-CR2CR~ ¦
where the groups enclosed by the brackets with sub-scripts m and n are repeating units randomly dis-tributed within the double brackets, m, n, and n/m are as defined for formula XC and k is 2 or 3 and is the valence of R , or "S" in formula I is a said polyester residue repre-sented by the formula:
1133'~09 [~)~CR ~o~C~C~2~C-o3~ 2~ q : where R9 is a saturated aliphatic radical free of ; active hydrogen atoms.and can contain 1 or 2 non-. vicinal catenary oxygen or nitrogen atoms, R9 having a valence equal to s and 2 to 10 carbon atoms, each a, o, p and q is independently zero or 1, each e' is independently an integer of 2 to 10, preferably 2 to 5, each r is independently a number of 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 10, and each s is independently an integer of 1 to 3 with proviso that when q is 1, then s is 2 or 3 and o is zero and either a and p are both zero or both 1, and when q is zero, then s and o are 1 and either a and p are both zero or both 1, subgenera of "S" within the scope of formula XIbeing those . polyester residues (viz., polycaprolactone residues) ; 20 represented by the general formulas:
_O ~ CH2~5--C ~ cH2~-I XIA
where r' is a number of 1 to 10 and e' is 2 or 3, 2 5 ~ ~ XI~
1~33Z09 where r' is a number of 1 to 10 and s is 2 or 3, and R9 is preferably oxyalkylene, e.g, -CH2CH20CH2CH2-, polyoxyalkylene, or alkanetriyl, e.g., ~CH2~ CCH2CH3, -O~CH2 ~ O ~ ~CH2 ~ CO~CH2 ~ 03 XIC
where each e' is independently a number of 2 to 5 and r' is a number of 1 to 10, and R 1 ~C~CH2 ~ CO~CH2 ~ O ~ XID
where e' is a number of 2 to 5, r' is a number of 1 to 10, R9 is as defined for formula XIB,and s is 2 or 3, or "S" in formula I is a said polyolefin residue repre-sented by the formulas:
r ICH3 -O tCH=C-CHCH ~ O- XII
where t is a number of 7 to 35, ~t 2 ~ C~C~2~ ~ ~28~ o_~ XIII
1~33'~0'3 where the groups enclosed by the single brackets with the subscripts u and v are repeatin~ units randomly distributed within the double brackets and u and v are integers whose sum is from 2 to 20 and u/v is a ra~io of 1/4 to 4/1, s is 2 or 3, and R is poly-valent carbocyclic-containing radical derived from benzene, naphthalene, or a phenyl-substituted benzene by removal of 2 or more hydrogen atoms, or "S" in ~ormula I is a said polyacrylate residue re-presented by the formula:
C~2 ~ f ~ 14 XIV
~CH2* O-R
where each Rll is independently hydrogen or methyl, R 2 is independently an alkyl of 2 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably butyl, R13 is independently -C(O)OCH3, -CN or phenyl, R14 is -SR15H, -SR15O-, -SCH2C(o)oR15H or H3 where R15 is an alkylene having 1 to 12, prererably 2, carbon atoms, f is an integer of 2 to 5 ~e groups enclos~ by the single brackets with $~b~
scripts x, y and z are repeating units randomly dis-tributed within the double brackets, the sum of x, y and z being such that the number average molecular weight of the totality of said repeating units is about 500 to 5000, the units enclosed by bracke~s with subscripts x and y always being present and the units enclosed by the bracket with subscript z being optionally present, or "S" in formula I is a said polysiloxane residue repre-sented by the formulas:
-0-R~Si(CH3)2 0 ~ R-0- XV
where b' is a number of 6 to 35, and R is a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a polyoxyalkylene group having 4 to 80 carbon atoms and 1 to 40 oxygen atoms, and L ~- ~
where the groups enclosed by the single brackets with subscripts b' and c' are repeating units randomly dis-tributed within the double bracket, b' being a number of 6 to 35 and c' being 2 or 3, and R is as defined above for formula XV.
Representative species of oligomers useful in making the shaped articles of this invention and falling within the scope of formula I include those having the structures represented in Table I.
~33Z09 C~ ~
~ , ~
~ ' : CU o ~ ~ O r~
X V
Ic~ . H H
h H 0 H H
~0 ~ Z ~i C'J
. V~
I j ~
Vo-v-v-~
r vCU o~ v u~ ~
~ '10l 1 ~ o~ C~--V~V
o C~ ~
~ V L
C) O
~ I 1~
b v~
~ $
V ~
V
, ~
1.4 ~ ~i H
U~
~,~
. ~ I ' ~
H ~
_ ~V ~1 I ~d ~ ~ H
~..
il33Z09 _~
: ~' ~ O N
_ ~ ~:
V N
_ -X V~ X_~
C~ O
_ V O
~ ~
1:4 ~ H ~
~33Z09 O N
O I ~~
N N ~
0~ 0~
C~J C`J
:
cq I 10~ ~1 1I Lol I
O
X~ =
r I ~NdJ
~1 _ O,, ~ P: Z O Y C~
O
~ O O
:
I ~
h ~ o 1133Z05~
_N ~ T ~ ~~
~ o_v_l_~
~ ~,~
U o , U~ ~
_ ,~ 0~
X o, V , .
C o=O
~ ~ ~, . o~l o~ $
~o ~ X~
I td H H
1~ ~ ~ ~
1~33Z09 ~ ~N
,~ r~
: ~ ~
U~ C~ ~
:
:~ ~
~U X~
O , O
m I ~ ~ {
_ ~ o o h ~ o 1~33Z09 C`J
~; a O
D
D O
~c ~ .
~ ~ +~
=~ ~
h ~ H H
~33209 CU
m I - _ I o .
N V
_, 1. I , V
1, 1 " 1.
o H XN
~3 _ ml $
~ O O
I I o V V ~
O O
~ ~;
I ~
d = V
~ X~ V
~ ~
h ~ o ~3 ~
i~33ZO~
¦ ~ O N
~ ~ O C~J
_ ~cNO
. I O
~ ¦ ~ ~ ?
~ D
~ O O
C`J C~
1 ~3 æ
~33Z09 ~:~
W ~ O~
J
C~
C~ ~ ~
O wN
_ W ¦ ¦
W~
~ P~ W~
H C~ J O 1~ ^~
~1 ~ -m \~ Ow ~ O~
~1~l 1 x`
o +, ilc,~
æ
~133Z09 o C~l r O C~l~C`J
I ~ O ~
~ N
_ ~ O
U~ ~ O
N
X
O
~ æ~
t) ~
_ ~ 3 ~--~
o o ~ Y
o , o o r~ o _ ~> ~r~
, , ~ X
~ ~ X X
1~33;~09 ~ _o ~ ~
~ Xc~, I
1~ ~
u~
o~
~ ~ ol . o , .
~,~ o ~, ~
,~ .
I ~ H H
1'1 ~ Z 5 ~i332~9 o C~l I ~
~ ,, ~, ~
u~ ~
~N
o -a~3e~ 0 O=V~
OX_, O
N O
_ ~0 $
_ I ~ ~ ~
h ~ H H
1133;~(39 U~
I' I
O
U~ o ' I I ' lo ~
_ C`J
.
I ~ ., .~
o o f~
, ~4~J
_ ~ O ~N
{,)~
X~
I 1!3 H
h ~ o 5~ 53 _ 3l~ _ i~33Z09 N
~,~ ;
1~ 0 o N
_ ¦ I ~ o N
U~ ~ O
~ . .t 1 1 ~ l ~31 - ~ ~, e~
oy _ ~ o ~N
F'l ~ H H
~, O
~q =
1- ~ I I I ~
_ o ~g o C~
O ~ O X
- 36 _ ~
~33zog o C~l o C~ ~ X~ I
1 ov ~ ~
_ ~IA~ OIA
L
C x XC~
I ~ X_ I _ X
~ o _ ~ ~
_ N < 1~
C~ :~
I ~
~ ~ H H
.
1~33Z09 ~ _ ~
~--:~ r ~
I . ~ I --1`"`
~ I ~
~ ' .
~$~ o $ $
æ o I
_ O
_ W
I ~
1~ ~ H H
1~33Z09 Another class of oligomers useful in making the shaped articles of this invention can be represented by the general formula:
~'E" "H")~ "S"("H" "S")~]''H" LV
where "E", "H"~ "S", a , ~ and ~ are as defined for formula I.
Since representative species of formula LV can be made with the same "E", "H" and "S" moieties as those species of formula I listed in TABLE I (though the number and ratio of such moieties in the species of formula LV can be different than the number and ratio of such moieties in the species of TABLE I), we will omit, in the interest of brevity, a similar list of representative species of formula LV.
Other classes of oligomers useful in making the shaped articles of this invention can be represented by the general formulas:
~E ( S ) E ( s , ~;H" LVI
and LE 1 E H~ ~ LVII
where "H", 'IS'', ~, ~ and ~ are as defined for for-mula I, but "E" in formulas LVI and VLII is represented by the formulas:
1~33Z09 R O O
CH2=C--C~A ' ~ECH2~A~.~ C~dll LVIII
where Rl is hydrogen or methyl, each A' and A" is independently -NH- or -O-, - f is an integer of 2 to 5, and each of b, c, d' and d" are independently zero or 1, with the provisos that (1) if b and c are both zero then d' and d" are both zero (in which case Rl is preferably hydrogen), or (2) if b and c are both 1, then d' and d" are both zero (in which case pre-ferably Rl is hydrogen, A' is -O-, and f is 2 or 3) or are both 1 (in which case preferably Rl is methyl and f is 2), l O OH
CH2=c_c_O-CH2CHCH2 LIX
where R1 is hydrogen, or preferably, methyl, Rl O
15 andCH2=~ CH2~A ~ C~d" LX
where Rl is methyl or, preferably, hydrogen, A is -NH- or, preferably, -O-, e is an integer of 1 to 5, preferably 1, and d' and d" are either both zero (in which case Rl is preferably hydrogen and e is 1) or both are 1, (in which case preferably R1 is hydrogen, A is -NH- and e is 1~.
1~33209 Representative species of oligomers of formula LVI useful in making the shaped articles of this invention are set forth in TABLE II, where structural formulas for the various "E'l, "H" and "S" moieties of said species have been omitted in the interest of brevity, reference instead being made to structural formulas for said moieties which are set out hereinbefore. Representative species of oligomers of formula LVII can be made with the same "E", "H", and "S" moieties as those species of formula LVI
listed in Table II (though the number and ratio of such moieties in the species of formula LVII can be different than the number and ratio of such moieties in the species of TABLE II); thus, we will omit, in the interest of brevity, a similar list of representative species of ; 15 formula LVII.
1~33Z09 TABLE II
. _ . .. . _ For-mula "E" "S" "H"
No.
_ _ . .. . . . _ . .
LXIIIformula LVIII whereXVIIXVII
b, c, d' and d" are 1 and f is 2, Rl is -CH~, A' is -0- and A" lS -NH-LXIVditto XXIXXVIII
LXV ditto XXIIXXXVI
LXVIformula LVIII whereXXVIXXVIII
zero and R is H
LXVIIditto XXIIXXVIII
LXYIII dittoXXVI XXVIII
LXIXditto XL XXXVI
LXX ditto XXXVXXXVIII
LXXIditto XXX XVII
LXXIIformula LIX where is -CH3, XXII XVII
LXXIII dittoXXVI XXVIII
LXXIVditto XIXXXVIII
LXXVditto XXIXXXVI
LXXVIformula LX where RlXXVIXXVIII
is H, A is -NH-, and d', d" and e are 1 LXXVII ditto XL XXX
LXXVIII dittoXXII XXXVI
LXXIXditto XXIIL and ~TII
LXXXformula LX where RlXVII XXVI
is H, d', d" ande are 1 and A is -0-11332~)9 The radiation addltion-polymerizable, crossllnkable oligomeric compositions useful in making the shaped articles of this invention can be prepared by general reactions that are well-known in the art of preparing addition polymerizable materials.
Those general reactions are typically of two types: (1) addition reactions, viz., the urethane- or urea-forming reaction between an active hydrogen organic compound and isocyanate or the ether-forming reaction between an active hydrogen organlc compound and an epoxy compound, and (2) condensation reactions, viz., esteri-fication or etherification of an active hydrogen organic compoundwith a carboxylic acid or ester or acylhalide derivative thereof or with an alkyl ether, accompanied by elimination o~ a byproduct;
for the preparation of some ~ligomeric compositions, both types Or reactions will be employed as shown hereinafter. Such reactions are commonly used in synthetic polymer chemistry, e.g. see Saunders, J.H. and K. C. Frisch, "Polyurethanes: Chemlstry and Technology", Part 1 (1962), especially Chapter III; Lee, H. and . Neville,"Handbook of Epoxy Resins" (1967), especially Appendix
Rl ~ .
CH~=C - C-A- IIA
where preferably Rl is methyl and A is -0-, 1~33Z09 R o CH2=C-d-o~CH2 ~ A- IIB
where preferably Rl is methyl, A is -O-, and e is 2, Rl and CH2=C-CH2-A- IIC
where preferably Rl is a hydrogen atom and A is -O-.
"E" in formula I can also be that represented by the formulas:
2/ 2-~ 2~~ III
O
R
~ B ~ o~ IV
where (in formulas III and IV) R2 is hydrogen or a lower alkyl (e.g., with 1 to 4 carbon atoms and preferably is methyl), B is ~CH2~f, -CO-, ~CH2~ CO- or ~CH2~fOC(O)~CH2~ C(O)O(CH2~ , ; and each f is an integer of 2 to 5, each d is in-dependently zero or 1, and e is 1 to 5.
"H" in formula I can be represented by the formulas:
O O O O
-C-~A ~ R3-~A ~ C- -A-R4 A-C~A~dR3~A ~ C~ V
1~33Z09 ~Ch2chcll2o~ ~ ~OCN2CHCh2~0~ VI
~ ~dt~ ~13 ) d~ VI I
and ~0~ IS 0~ ~ ~~d VIII
h~
or, where "E" in formula I is selected from the group of structures represented by formulas IIA, IIB, and IIC, "H"
can be represented by the following structure:
--H2C~ ~CH2 -oR40H2C~ /CH2----(R O)dCH2~Q~ ~CH2R R H2C ~?~, CH2R IX
~ (CH20R ) 1~ (CH20R )2 d ~133Z09 where (in formulas V, VI, VII, VIII and IX), each R is i.ndependently as defined above for formula IV, each R3 is independently a di-valent carbocyclic-containing radical derived from benzene, napthalene, cyclohexane, dicyclohexylmethane, diphenylmethane, or norbornene, and their lower alkyl-substituted derivatives, by removal of two of their hydrogen atoms, each R is independently an alkylene moiety with 2 to 10 (and preferably 2, 4 or 6) carbon atoms, or a cycloalkylene moiety with 6 to 10 carbon atoms (and preferably 8 carbon atoms, 6 of which are ring-carbon atoms), each R5 is independently a phenyl moiety or (prefer-ab-ly) methyl each R is independently a lower alkyl with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, preferably methyl, g is zero or a number up to 5 (and preferably an average of 1 to 3), B is as defined in formula IV, h is an integer of 1 to 10, h1 is zero or an integer of 1 to 10, each d, d' and d" is independently zero or 1, with the proviso that if either one of d' or d" is 1, then the other is zero, and A is as defined above for formula II.
"S" in formula I can be the polyether (or poly-oxyalkylene),~olyester, polyolefin, polyacrylate, or polysiloxane residue remaining afterremoval of the active hydrogen atoms of polyols (illustrated by the generic formula RS(OH)y hereinafter), such as polyether (or polyoxyalkylene) polyols, polyester polyols, polyether polyester polyols, polyolefin polyols, polysiloxane polyols, and poly(alkylacrylate) polyols, or polyamines (illus-1~33Z09 rated by the generic formula RS(NH2)y hereinafter), such as polyoxalkylene polyamines, polyolefin polyamines, and polysiloxane polyamines, said polyoxyalkylene residue in-cluding those of the formula:
E-R ~OR ~iO-](R ~d~R7_A~ X
where each A is independently -NH- or -O-, (oR7)i is oxyalkylene or poly(oxyalkylene), R7 is an alkylene of 2 to 4 carbon atoms, such as ~CH2~ , ~CH2~3, ~CH2~4~ -CH2C ( 3 -CH2CH(CH3)CH2-, and -CH(CH3)CH(CH3)-, R8 is a saturated aliphatic radical free of active hydrogen atoms and which can contain 1 or 2 non-vicinal catenary oxygen or nitrogen atoms, R8 having a valence equal to j and 2 to 10 carbon atoms, i is a number of 1 to 20, preferably 2 to 10, and j is an integer of 1 to 3, and d and c are each independently zero or 1 with the provisos that when d is 1, then c is zero and j is 2 or 3, and when d is zero, then j is 1, subgenera of "S" within the scope of formula X being those polyoxyalkylene residues represented by the general formulas:
-A~CH2 ~ ~CH2 ~ 0~cH2~ A XA
~33209 where preferably each f' is independently 3 to 5 (more preferably 4) and i' is 5 to 109 ~A~CH2 ~ O~CH2 ~ o~ ~8 XB
where preferably f' is 3 to 5 (more preferably 4), i' is 5 to 10, and k is 2 or 3 and the valence of R8, 2 2 ~ ~ 2 ~ ~-CH2cH ~ -A- XC
where the groups enclosed by the single brackets with subscripts m and n are repeating units randomly dis-tributed , m is zero or 1 to 4, n is 4 to 20, with the proviso that n/m is at least 4, and ¦~-R~CR2~ {~0-CR2CR~ ¦
where the groups enclosed by the brackets with sub-scripts m and n are repeating units randomly dis-tributed within the double brackets, m, n, and n/m are as defined for formula XC and k is 2 or 3 and is the valence of R , or "S" in formula I is a said polyester residue repre-sented by the formula:
1133'~09 [~)~CR ~o~C~C~2~C-o3~ 2~ q : where R9 is a saturated aliphatic radical free of ; active hydrogen atoms.and can contain 1 or 2 non-. vicinal catenary oxygen or nitrogen atoms, R9 having a valence equal to s and 2 to 10 carbon atoms, each a, o, p and q is independently zero or 1, each e' is independently an integer of 2 to 10, preferably 2 to 5, each r is independently a number of 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 10, and each s is independently an integer of 1 to 3 with proviso that when q is 1, then s is 2 or 3 and o is zero and either a and p are both zero or both 1, and when q is zero, then s and o are 1 and either a and p are both zero or both 1, subgenera of "S" within the scope of formula XIbeing those . polyester residues (viz., polycaprolactone residues) ; 20 represented by the general formulas:
_O ~ CH2~5--C ~ cH2~-I XIA
where r' is a number of 1 to 10 and e' is 2 or 3, 2 5 ~ ~ XI~
1~33Z09 where r' is a number of 1 to 10 and s is 2 or 3, and R9 is preferably oxyalkylene, e.g, -CH2CH20CH2CH2-, polyoxyalkylene, or alkanetriyl, e.g., ~CH2~ CCH2CH3, -O~CH2 ~ O ~ ~CH2 ~ CO~CH2 ~ 03 XIC
where each e' is independently a number of 2 to 5 and r' is a number of 1 to 10, and R 1 ~C~CH2 ~ CO~CH2 ~ O ~ XID
where e' is a number of 2 to 5, r' is a number of 1 to 10, R9 is as defined for formula XIB,and s is 2 or 3, or "S" in formula I is a said polyolefin residue repre-sented by the formulas:
r ICH3 -O tCH=C-CHCH ~ O- XII
where t is a number of 7 to 35, ~t 2 ~ C~C~2~ ~ ~28~ o_~ XIII
1~33'~0'3 where the groups enclosed by the single brackets with the subscripts u and v are repeatin~ units randomly distributed within the double brackets and u and v are integers whose sum is from 2 to 20 and u/v is a ra~io of 1/4 to 4/1, s is 2 or 3, and R is poly-valent carbocyclic-containing radical derived from benzene, naphthalene, or a phenyl-substituted benzene by removal of 2 or more hydrogen atoms, or "S" in ~ormula I is a said polyacrylate residue re-presented by the formula:
C~2 ~ f ~ 14 XIV
~CH2* O-R
where each Rll is independently hydrogen or methyl, R 2 is independently an alkyl of 2 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably butyl, R13 is independently -C(O)OCH3, -CN or phenyl, R14 is -SR15H, -SR15O-, -SCH2C(o)oR15H or H3 where R15 is an alkylene having 1 to 12, prererably 2, carbon atoms, f is an integer of 2 to 5 ~e groups enclos~ by the single brackets with $~b~
scripts x, y and z are repeating units randomly dis-tributed within the double brackets, the sum of x, y and z being such that the number average molecular weight of the totality of said repeating units is about 500 to 5000, the units enclosed by bracke~s with subscripts x and y always being present and the units enclosed by the bracket with subscript z being optionally present, or "S" in formula I is a said polysiloxane residue repre-sented by the formulas:
-0-R~Si(CH3)2 0 ~ R-0- XV
where b' is a number of 6 to 35, and R is a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a polyoxyalkylene group having 4 to 80 carbon atoms and 1 to 40 oxygen atoms, and L ~- ~
where the groups enclosed by the single brackets with subscripts b' and c' are repeating units randomly dis-tributed within the double bracket, b' being a number of 6 to 35 and c' being 2 or 3, and R is as defined above for formula XV.
Representative species of oligomers useful in making the shaped articles of this invention and falling within the scope of formula I include those having the structures represented in Table I.
~33Z09 C~ ~
~ , ~
~ ' : CU o ~ ~ O r~
X V
Ic~ . H H
h H 0 H H
~0 ~ Z ~i C'J
. V~
I j ~
Vo-v-v-~
r vCU o~ v u~ ~
~ '10l 1 ~ o~ C~--V~V
o C~ ~
~ V L
C) O
~ I 1~
b v~
~ $
V ~
V
, ~
1.4 ~ ~i H
U~
~,~
. ~ I ' ~
H ~
_ ~V ~1 I ~d ~ ~ H
~..
il33Z09 _~
: ~' ~ O N
_ ~ ~:
V N
_ -X V~ X_~
C~ O
_ V O
~ ~
1:4 ~ H ~
~33Z09 O N
O I ~~
N N ~
0~ 0~
C~J C`J
:
cq I 10~ ~1 1I Lol I
O
X~ =
r I ~NdJ
~1 _ O,, ~ P: Z O Y C~
O
~ O O
:
I ~
h ~ o 1133Z05~
_N ~ T ~ ~~
~ o_v_l_~
~ ~,~
U o , U~ ~
_ ,~ 0~
X o, V , .
C o=O
~ ~ ~, . o~l o~ $
~o ~ X~
I td H H
1~ ~ ~ ~
1~33Z09 ~ ~N
,~ r~
: ~ ~
U~ C~ ~
:
:~ ~
~U X~
O , O
m I ~ ~ {
_ ~ o o h ~ o 1~33Z09 C`J
~; a O
D
D O
~c ~ .
~ ~ +~
=~ ~
h ~ H H
~33209 CU
m I - _ I o .
N V
_, 1. I , V
1, 1 " 1.
o H XN
~3 _ ml $
~ O O
I I o V V ~
O O
~ ~;
I ~
d = V
~ X~ V
~ ~
h ~ o ~3 ~
i~33ZO~
¦ ~ O N
~ ~ O C~J
_ ~cNO
. I O
~ ¦ ~ ~ ?
~ D
~ O O
C`J C~
1 ~3 æ
~33Z09 ~:~
W ~ O~
J
C~
C~ ~ ~
O wN
_ W ¦ ¦
W~
~ P~ W~
H C~ J O 1~ ^~
~1 ~ -m \~ Ow ~ O~
~1~l 1 x`
o +, ilc,~
æ
~133Z09 o C~l r O C~l~C`J
I ~ O ~
~ N
_ ~ O
U~ ~ O
N
X
O
~ æ~
t) ~
_ ~ 3 ~--~
o o ~ Y
o , o o r~ o _ ~> ~r~
, , ~ X
~ ~ X X
1~33;~09 ~ _o ~ ~
~ Xc~, I
1~ ~
u~
o~
~ ~ ol . o , .
~,~ o ~, ~
,~ .
I ~ H H
1'1 ~ Z 5 ~i332~9 o C~l I ~
~ ,, ~, ~
u~ ~
~N
o -a~3e~ 0 O=V~
OX_, O
N O
_ ~0 $
_ I ~ ~ ~
h ~ H H
1133;~(39 U~
I' I
O
U~ o ' I I ' lo ~
_ C`J
.
I ~ ., .~
o o f~
, ~4~J
_ ~ O ~N
{,)~
X~
I 1!3 H
h ~ o 5~ 53 _ 3l~ _ i~33Z09 N
~,~ ;
1~ 0 o N
_ ¦ I ~ o N
U~ ~ O
~ . .t 1 1 ~ l ~31 - ~ ~, e~
oy _ ~ o ~N
F'l ~ H H
~, O
~q =
1- ~ I I I ~
_ o ~g o C~
O ~ O X
- 36 _ ~
~33zog o C~l o C~ ~ X~ I
1 ov ~ ~
_ ~IA~ OIA
L
C x XC~
I ~ X_ I _ X
~ o _ ~ ~
_ N < 1~
C~ :~
I ~
~ ~ H H
.
1~33Z09 ~ _ ~
~--:~ r ~
I . ~ I --1`"`
~ I ~
~ ' .
~$~ o $ $
æ o I
_ O
_ W
I ~
1~ ~ H H
1~33Z09 Another class of oligomers useful in making the shaped articles of this invention can be represented by the general formula:
~'E" "H")~ "S"("H" "S")~]''H" LV
where "E", "H"~ "S", a , ~ and ~ are as defined for formula I.
Since representative species of formula LV can be made with the same "E", "H" and "S" moieties as those species of formula I listed in TABLE I (though the number and ratio of such moieties in the species of formula LV can be different than the number and ratio of such moieties in the species of TABLE I), we will omit, in the interest of brevity, a similar list of representative species of formula LV.
Other classes of oligomers useful in making the shaped articles of this invention can be represented by the general formulas:
~E ( S ) E ( s , ~;H" LVI
and LE 1 E H~ ~ LVII
where "H", 'IS'', ~, ~ and ~ are as defined for for-mula I, but "E" in formulas LVI and VLII is represented by the formulas:
1~33Z09 R O O
CH2=C--C~A ' ~ECH2~A~.~ C~dll LVIII
where Rl is hydrogen or methyl, each A' and A" is independently -NH- or -O-, - f is an integer of 2 to 5, and each of b, c, d' and d" are independently zero or 1, with the provisos that (1) if b and c are both zero then d' and d" are both zero (in which case Rl is preferably hydrogen), or (2) if b and c are both 1, then d' and d" are both zero (in which case pre-ferably Rl is hydrogen, A' is -O-, and f is 2 or 3) or are both 1 (in which case preferably Rl is methyl and f is 2), l O OH
CH2=c_c_O-CH2CHCH2 LIX
where R1 is hydrogen, or preferably, methyl, Rl O
15 andCH2=~ CH2~A ~ C~d" LX
where Rl is methyl or, preferably, hydrogen, A is -NH- or, preferably, -O-, e is an integer of 1 to 5, preferably 1, and d' and d" are either both zero (in which case Rl is preferably hydrogen and e is 1) or both are 1, (in which case preferably R1 is hydrogen, A is -NH- and e is 1~.
1~33209 Representative species of oligomers of formula LVI useful in making the shaped articles of this invention are set forth in TABLE II, where structural formulas for the various "E'l, "H" and "S" moieties of said species have been omitted in the interest of brevity, reference instead being made to structural formulas for said moieties which are set out hereinbefore. Representative species of oligomers of formula LVII can be made with the same "E", "H", and "S" moieties as those species of formula LVI
listed in Table II (though the number and ratio of such moieties in the species of formula LVII can be different than the number and ratio of such moieties in the species of TABLE II); thus, we will omit, in the interest of brevity, a similar list of representative species of ; 15 formula LVII.
1~33Z09 TABLE II
. _ . .. . _ For-mula "E" "S" "H"
No.
_ _ . .. . . . _ . .
LXIIIformula LVIII whereXVIIXVII
b, c, d' and d" are 1 and f is 2, Rl is -CH~, A' is -0- and A" lS -NH-LXIVditto XXIXXVIII
LXV ditto XXIIXXXVI
LXVIformula LVIII whereXXVIXXVIII
zero and R is H
LXVIIditto XXIIXXVIII
LXYIII dittoXXVI XXVIII
LXIXditto XL XXXVI
LXX ditto XXXVXXXVIII
LXXIditto XXX XVII
LXXIIformula LIX where is -CH3, XXII XVII
LXXIII dittoXXVI XXVIII
LXXIVditto XIXXXVIII
LXXVditto XXIXXXVI
LXXVIformula LX where RlXXVIXXVIII
is H, A is -NH-, and d', d" and e are 1 LXXVII ditto XL XXX
LXXVIII dittoXXII XXXVI
LXXIXditto XXIIL and ~TII
LXXXformula LX where RlXVII XXVI
is H, d', d" ande are 1 and A is -0-11332~)9 The radiation addltion-polymerizable, crossllnkable oligomeric compositions useful in making the shaped articles of this invention can be prepared by general reactions that are well-known in the art of preparing addition polymerizable materials.
Those general reactions are typically of two types: (1) addition reactions, viz., the urethane- or urea-forming reaction between an active hydrogen organic compound and isocyanate or the ether-forming reaction between an active hydrogen organlc compound and an epoxy compound, and (2) condensation reactions, viz., esteri-fication or etherification of an active hydrogen organic compoundwith a carboxylic acid or ester or acylhalide derivative thereof or with an alkyl ether, accompanied by elimination o~ a byproduct;
for the preparation of some ~ligomeric compositions, both types Or reactions will be employed as shown hereinafter. Such reactions are commonly used in synthetic polymer chemistry, e.g. see Saunders, J.H. and K. C. Frisch, "Polyurethanes: Chemlstry and Technology", Part 1 (1962), especially Chapter III; Lee, H. and . Neville,"Handbook of Epoxy Resins" (1967), especially Appendix
5-1; Bruins, P.~., "Epoxy Resin Technology" (1968), especially Chapters 1 and 2; Kirk-Othmer "Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology"
2nd Ed., Vol. 8, p. 313 (1965); Roberts, J.D. and M.C. Caserio, "Basic Principals of Organic Chemistry", p. 51~ (1964). These general reactions are thus used to chemically combine "E" moieties with the "H" and "S" segments to form oligomeric compositions of use in the invention. Generally, the combining of the "E", "H" and "S" moieties is carried out in a sequence of steps; however, under some circumstances, it is convenient to carry out the reactions simultaneously and even to form the oligomeric composition in situ during the process of making the replicated plastic articles of this invention, e.g., carrying out the ether-forming addition re-action in situ in the replication mold.
1133ZOS~
Clenerally, the urethane- or urea-forming reactions are carri~d out a~ tenlperatures from 25 to 100C for 10 minutes to several hours or more, sufficient to bring about the reaction.
Pr~ferably, a catalyst such as dibutyltin dilaurate is used to promo~e ~he `reaction. Generalized equations for such reactions in preparing the oligomeric composition used in this invention are illustrated as follows where the precursors of "H", "S" and "E" are denoted by formulas containing such letters as subscripts, the formula containing C as a subscript being a chain extending compound, and g, ~ and y are as defined for formula I:
+~y) R~(NCO)2+(l+~Y)~s( )Y
_ _ yR OH
OCN-RH-NHCOO(RS-OCONH-R~-NHCOO~B RS
~E-OCONH-RH-NHCOO~RS-OCONH-RH-NHCOO ~ ;RS ~1) y(l + ~+g)RH(NC0)2 + (1+ ~y )R ~OH)y + ygR (OH)2 cat~lyst~
~ N-RH-NHCo-40-RC-OCoNH-R~-NHCo) O-~Rs-OCONH-RH-NHCOO~ RS
YREOH
E~;_OCONH-RH-NHCO~O_RC_OCONH_RH_NHCO~ O~Rs-OCONH-RH-NHcoo~ ~RS
y (2) ,.~, ~3Z09 (y+~y)Rs(OH)r ~(l+~y)RH(NCO)y A
1 y~ NCO
EO_RS_OCON~RH-NHCOO_RS_OCONH~ RH ~ ~ ~
LE_NHCOO_RS-OCONH~RH_NHCOO_RS_OCONH ~ R~I (3) (Y+~y)Rs(NH2)y + (l+By)RH(Nco)y a alyst~
[2N-Rs-NHCONH~RHNHCONH-R5_NHCO) ~R~
r LE-NHCONH-Rs-NHCONH~RH-NHCONH-Rs-NHCONH-)~ RH ~4) The ether-forming addition reactions are carried out generally at temperatures of 75 to 150C (or ambient temperatures when carried out in situ in the replication of the plastic articles),preferably in the presence of catalysts such as Lewis acids, e.g., BF3 0(C2H5)2, or Lewis bases, e.g., benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, or photo-active catalysts, such as the aryl iodonium or sulfonium salts described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,081,276, when the re- -action is carried out in situ. Generalized equations for such reactions in preparing the oligomer composition are illustrated as follows:
yRH(-C\-/CH2)2 + Rs(H)y ~ ~ (c\2/CH RH ICHCH2 )y S ( ) :~133~09 RS(OH)2 + 3RH~C~/H2) ~ Y ~ ~CH2/CH~y-RH-CHCH20-Rs-OCH2C~RH (6 . Y
Representative ether-forming condensation re-actions are those between "E" and "S" precursors having active hydrogens with an N-(lower alkoxymethyl) melamine as an "H" precursor, as illustrated by the fol-lowing equations:
4 R H ( C H 3 ) y + 2 R C ( H ) 2 ~ R S ( H ) 2 + 2 R E H Y ~
[~-O-RH(OCH3)--O-RCORH(OCH3) o~l S (7) (l+y)RH( OCH3 ) + YRC ( OH ) 2 + YRS ( OH ) 2 + yREH
10~C RH(0CH3)- O-RS-O~RH (8) Y .
The reactions are promoted with acid catalyst such as p-toluene-sulfonic acid. Generally, temperatures from 60 to 120C for one to three hours or more can be used. The use of reduced pressures to remove volatile lower alkanol is also desirable.
Esterification reactions are illustrated by the fol-lowing equations:
yRH(OH)2 ~ Base (e.g., pyridine) + Rs(OH)y + 2yCOC12 REOH
( Cloco-RH-ooco- ) yRs - HCl ( REOOCO-RH-OOCO- ) yRs ( 9 ) yR (OH) +
H y Y( 2 50)2co~c2H5oH + (C2H50COO-) RH S 2 y(C2H 0)2CO +
( HO -Rs- OCO 0- ) yRH -- 5 ~
yR OH
(C2H50COO-Rs-OC00~3 R E 3, (RE-OCOO-Rs-OCOO-) RH (10) ~RH~OCH2CH-~CH2) + Rs(OH)y catalyst ~2 YR COOH
(CH2-&HCH2-RH-C~I2~cHcH20 )y S
o OTI
(RE-COOCH2 ~CHCH2-RH-CH2CI HCH20- )yRs ( 11 ) OH OH
H 2C~ ,CH2)2 + 2RS(oH)2 C~-tal2st - 2R COOH + catalyst +
OCH2lHCH20 32RH Z1~C
(RE-COO-Rs-OCH2lCHCH20-) RH (12) OH
32(~9 ~ByRH(-OCH2CH-Cl~2)2 + (l+~Y)RS(OH) cat~lyst ;~
_ _ yRECOOH +
(H0-R -OCH CHCH 0-R -) OCH CHCH 0_ S _ H20 y EE F ~ ~ C~I2CHCH2-R~-~ -oci~zc~lcH2o~l s (13) Such esterification reactions require the elimination of a byproduct (water, hydrogen halide, or lower alcohol). Es-terifications are promoted by heating the mixture a~ 50C
to 150C in the presence of a suitable catalyst, e.g., ~oluenesulfonic acid. The use of reduced pressures to remove volatile byproduct is also desirable.
Physical properties, e.g., thermal dimensional stability, o~ the crosslinked polyrner resulting upon curing of said oligomeric composition will be dependent on the crosslink density o~ the polymer. An indication of that crosslink density can be derived by calculating the molecular wei~ht per crosslink based on the monomeric precursor com-~onen~s cr the oligomeric composition. rrhat calculation, for exarnple, in the case of Example 1, infra, is made by sub-tracting the gram moles of the "S" precursor from the gram moles of the "H" precursor, and dividing the difference into the total weight in grams of the monomeric precursor compo-nents in the oligomeric composition, the so-calculated molecular weight per crosslink being 1241. Generally, the calculated molecular weight per crosslink for the ~lymers will be in the range of 400 to 5000, preferably 1000 to 3000 the actual value generally being somewhat higher because of side reactions~ incomplete reactions, etc.
The oligomeric products resulting from the above-illustrated equations (1) to (13) have predonminantly the -~8-structures shown. The oligomeric product of equations (1), (2), (5), (7~ (9~, and (`11~ are encompassed by generic formula I; those of equations (3~, (4), ~10), and (12) by formula LVI, those of equations (6) and (8) by formula LV;
and that of equation (13~ by formula LVII. For example, in the oligomeric product of equation (1), REO-, -CONH-RH-NHC0-, and -O-RS-O- correspond respectively to "E", "Hl', and "S" of formula I where a is 1. And in the oligomeric product of equation ~2), which also falls within the scope of formula I where ~ is also 1, REO- corresponds to "E", -CONH-RH-NHCO~0-RcOCONH-RH-NHCO~ corresponds to the "H"
bonded to ~E", the -CONH-RH-NHC0- moiety bonded to -ORsO-corresponds to the "Ht' bonded to "S", and -ORSO- corresponds to "S".
The oligomer products produced by these reactions often will be highly YiSCous and thus difficult to cast in the replication mold, and in addition may not be capable of producing the necessary crosslink density in the subsequently cured plastic article. Thus, it may be necessary to add to the oligomer product a radiation addition-polymerizable mono-or polyfunctional diluent monomer, e.g., 2-(N-butylcarbamyl) ethylmethacrylate, to lower the viscosity of the casting oligomeric composition and ensure the necessary crosslink density in the plastic article made therefrom, that cross-link density being manifested in a gel swell (determined intetrahydrofuran, as hereinafter described) within the range of 35 to 2QQ wt. %, preferably 80 to 150 wt. %. Generally the amount of diluent monomer used should be less than 50 wt. % of the oligomeric composition (YiZ., oligomers plus diluent monomer), since greater amounts will reduce the con-~3~209 centration of the "H" and "S" segments below that required to provide the desired replicated plastic articles of this inven-tion and will further increase the shrinkage during curing.
The oligomeric compositions (including the diluent monomer where used) and the articles made therefrom have the same amount of "H" segments and the same amount of "S" seg-ments (and consequently the same ratio of these moieties).
Said amount of "H" generally will be an amount in the range of 10 to 80 wt. % (of which amount at least 30 wt. % is due to the carbocyclic and heterocyclic groups), "H'1 preferably being 15 to 60 wt. %, preferably 15 to 45 wt. %, the balance in the oligomeric composition being that attributable to the functional moieties "E" and the diluent monomer from which linking segments or moieties are derived as the balance of the plastic articles. Those plastic articles preferably have moduli over the temperature range of 23 to 120C which fall on or within the boundary A-B-C-D of FIG. 1, which pro-perty is measured by the procedure described in U.S. Pat.
3,853,595 where it is referred to as "storage shear modulus~
G"'. The particular amounts of "H", "S" and "E" in the oli-gomeric composition are such that the crosslinked polymer derived therefrom preferably has such moduli. Said moduli are dependent on the "H" and "S" contents and the crosslink density of the plastic, said crosslink density being mani-fested in gel swell as mentioned above. If a particularoligomer composition has "H", "S" and "E" contents falling within their said ranges and yet the crosslinked polymer de-rived therefrom has a dynamic shear moduli curve which falls in whole or in part above the line A-B of Fi~ 1, indicative of a v~
plastic which may be too rigid for a particular article of this invention, the "H" content of the oligomeric com-position will have to be lowered, e.g., by employing a higher molecular weight ~7S~ precursor or by eliminating or decreasing the amount of chain extender in the preparation of the oligomeric composition, or the crosslink density will have to be lowered by using a higher molecular weight "H" precursor or higher molecular weight "S" precursor. On the other hand, if the dynamic shear moduli falls in whole or part below the line D-C of FIG. 1, indicative of a plastic which may be too flexible for a particular article of this invention, the "H" content of the oligomeric composition will have to be increased, e.g.~ by using a lower molecular weight "S" precursor and/or employing a chain extender together with additional "H" precursor, or the crosslink density will have to be increased by using a lower molecular wt. "H" precursor or "S" precursor or by employing a multi-functional diluent monomer, e.g., 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate.
The proper particular amounts of "H" and "S" and crosslink density for a particular system necessary to provide the preferred dynamic shear moduli defined by A-B-C-D of FIG. 1 can be readily arrived at empirically by varying the above parameters as discussed above. These adjustments of dynamic moduli are based on the generally linear relationship, on a logarithmic basis, between dynamic modulus (or tensile strength) and the amount of "H" in the cured plastic.
The materials which can be used as "H", "S" and "E" precursors in making the oligomeric compositions used in this invention, as well as chain extending agents and catalysts used in their preparation and diluent monomers and radiation or photo sensitizers and initiators incorporated therein, are known materials, many of which are commercially available. An illustrative description of those materials 5 follows below, reference being made to patents and the literature for purposes of brevity.
Polyols which can be used as said "S" precursors include polyester polyols, such as the lactone polyesters described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,169,945 (especially the poly-esters terminated with 2 or more hydroxyl groups formed by - reaction of epsilon-caprolactone and a polyol, polyamine or amine alcohol), the hydroxyl-terminated polyester condensa-tion polymers described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,641,199, the substantially linear, saturated~ hydroxy-terminated poly-esters described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,457,326, the hydroxy-containing polyesters described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,931,117, and the hydroxy-terminated block polymers of polyethers and polyesters described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,960,572. Polyether polyols useful as said "S" precursors include the hydroxy-20 terminated polyether condensation polymers described in U.S. Pat. No, 3,641,199, the substantially linear, saturated hydroxy-terminated polyethers described in U.S. Pat. No.
3,457,326, the polyalkylene ether polyols described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,499,852, 3,697,485, and 3,711,444, and the 25 polyethylene glycols and polypropylene glycols described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,850,770. Polyolefin polyols useful as "S"
precursors include those described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,678,014 and the ~ diols from ethylene described in J. Polymer Science, Part A-l, Vol. 5, p. 2693 (1967). Polysiloxane 30 polyols useful as "S" precursors include the hydroxy-- 52;
-terminated diorgano-polySiloxanes in U.S. Pats. 4,098,742 and 3,886,865, and the siloxanes having a reactive hydroxyl group bonded to at least 2 of its silicon atoms, described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,577,264, 3,976,676, and 4,013,698.
A particularly useful, commercially available class of caprolactone polyols which can be used as "S"
precursors are those sold under the Trademark "NIAX", such as PCP-0200, PCP-0210, PCP-0230 and PCP-0300 (e.g., see technical bulletin F-42464 of Union Carbide Corp.). Other useful commercially available "S" precursors are the poly-oxypropylamines sold under the trademark "Jeffamine", such as D-2000, and silicone polycarbinols sold under the trademark "DOW C0RNING", such as Q4-3667.
Polyisocyanates, especially diisocyanates, which can be used as "H" precursors, include those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,641,199; 3,700,643; 3,819,586; 3,878,036;
3,931,117; 3,960,572; and 4,o65,587. Epoxides which can be used as "H" precursors include diglycidyl ethers of bisphenol A, diglycidyl isophthalate, diglycidyl phthalate, o-glycidyl phenyl glycidyl ether, diglycidyl ethers of resorcinol, triglycidyl ethers of phloroglycinol, triglycidyl ethers of methyl phloroglycinol, diglycidyl phenyl ether and diglycidyl ether of hydrogenated bisphenol A, all of which are described in Appendix 4-1 of "Handbook of Epoxy Resins", by H. Lee and K. Neville, McGraw-Hill Book Company (1967) .
Particularly useful commercially available diisocyanates which can be used as "H" precursors include isophorone diisocyanate sold under the trademark "IPDI"
by Veba-Chemie AG and methylene bis(4-cyclohexylisocyanate) sold under the krademark "Hylene" WS by DuPont.
11;~3Z09 "E" precursors which can be used include the acrylyl compounds described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,700,643, the hydroxy acrylates and methacrylates described in U.S.
Pat. No, 3,577,262 the ethylenically-unsaturated alcohols described in U.S. Pat. No, 3,297,745, the hydroxyalkyl-acrylates and methacrylates described in U.S. Pat. No, - 4,065,587, the ethylenically unsaturated alcohols described in U.S. Pat. No., 3,960,572 and the following epoxides:
butyl glycidyl ether, diglycidyl ether of propylene glycol, diglycidyl ether of butanediol, vinylcycohexene dioxide, mixed isomers of bis (2,3-epoxycyclopentyl)ether, bis(3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexylmethyl) adipate, bis(3,4-epoxy-cyclopentyl~ether, 3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexane carboxy-late, para-butylphenol glycidyl ether, limonene dioxide, dicyclopentadiene dioxide and 3,4 epoxy-t-methylcyclo-hexylmethyl-4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexane carboxylate, all of which epoxides are described by Lee and Nevill, supra.
Chain extenders which can be used in preparing the oligomers used in this invention include the known hydroxy-, carboxy-, amino or mercapto-terminated compounds useful for that purpose (see U.S. Pat. No, 3,448,171.) To promote oligomer-forming reactions, it is generally desirable to utilize a catalyst. Typical examples of such catalysts include compounds containing tertiary amino groups, tin compounds and titanium compounds.
Examples of the preferred tin compounds are dibutyltin dilaurate, dibutylin diethylhexoate, dibutyltin sulfide, dibutyltin dibutoxide, stannous octoate, stannous oleate and stannous chloride. Concentrations of catalyst from about 0.01 to about 0.5 percent and preferably about 0.025 to 0.1 percent by weight of the total weight of 11~3Z09 reactants(exclusive of solvents)can be used.
The diluting monomers are addition-polymerizable monomers, viz., ethylenically unsaturated monomers and vic-epoxy reactive diluents, The diluting monomers contribute to the "H", "S" or "E" content of the oligomeric composition depending on the glass transition temperature, Tg, of a homopolymer of the particular monomer. If the Tg of its homopolymer is above about 350K, the monomer contributes to the "H" content, below about 250K to the "S" content, and 10between about 250K and 350C to the "E" content. The concept of "hard" and "soft" monomers is well known (e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,077,926 and 4,077,932) and has been used to described monomers to be optionally used in adhesive compositions.
15Suitable ethylenically unsaturated diluting monomers and the glass transition temperature of their homo-polymers are well known in polymer chemistry literature, e.g., Brandrup and Immergut, Polymer Handbook, III - 61 to 73, Interscience Publishers (1967). Examples of the "hard"
monomers(and the Tg of their homopolymers) are isobornyl acrylate (367K), methyl methacrylate (378K), cyclohexyl chloroacrylate (372K), 2-chlorostyrene (392K), 2,4-dichlorostyrene~406K), styrene (373K), acrylic acid (360K) acrylamide, acrylonitile (393K) and methacrylonitrile (393K). Examples of the "soft" monomers(and the Tg of their homopolymers) are butyl acrylate (218K), ethyl acrylate (249K), 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (223K), dodecyl methacrylate (208K), and 4-decylstyrene (208K). Examples of diluting monomers which contribute to neither the "hard"
;3~(~9 content nor to the "so~t" content but become incorporated into the linking segments (and the T of their homopolymers) - are 4-cyclohexyl-1-butene (313K), l-dodecene (267K), t-butyl acrylate (251K), cyclohexyl acrylate (289K), dodecyl acrylate (270K), isopropyl acrylate (270K), methyl acry-late (279K), butyl methacrylate (293K), 4-butoxystyrene (320K), 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate (304K) and 2-(N-ethylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate. Polyethylenically unsaturated monomers also become incorporated into the linking segments and are used in small quantities to reduce the molecular weight of the cured oligomeric composition per crosslink. Typical of such compounds are 1,4-butylene dimethacrylate or acrylate, ethylene dimethacrylate or acrylate, trimethylolpropane di- or tri- acrylate, glyceryl diacrylate or methacrylate, glyceryl triacrylate or methacy-late, glycidyl acrylate or methacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate or trimethacrylate, diallyl phthalate, 2,2-bis(4-methacryloxyphenyl~-propane, diallyl adipate di(2-acryloxyethyl)ether, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, neopentylglycol triacrylate, polypropylene glycol diacrylate or dimethacrylate, and 1,3,5-tri-(2-methacryloxyethyl)-s-triazine.
Diluting epoxy-reactive monomers include phenyl glycidyl ether, 4-vinylcyclohexene dioxide, limonene dioxide, 4-vinyl-cyclohexene oxide, 1,2-cyclohexene oxide, glycidyl acrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, and styrene oxide.
Suitable addition-polymerization catalysts for use in the oligomeric compositions wherein the addition-polymerizable group is an ethylenically unsaturated group as represented in formula II, viz., acrylic or olefinic, are .
catalysts which liberate or generate a free-radical on addition of energy. Such catalysts are well known and are described frequently in polymerization art, e.g., Chapter II of "Photochemistry" by Calvert and Pitts, John Wiley ~ Sons (1966). Included among free-radical catalysts are the conventional heat activated catalystssuch as organic per-oxides and organic hydroperoxides; examples are benzoyl peroxide, tertiary-butyl perbenzoate, cumene hydroperoxide, azobis (isobutyronitrile) and the like. The preferred catalysts are photopolymerization initiators which, when used in an addition-polymerizable group-containing com-position, facilitate polymerization when the composition is irradiated. Included among such initiators are acyloin and derivatives thereof, such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, and ~-methylbenzoin; diketones such as benzil and diacetyl, etc.; organic sulfides such as diphenyl mono-sulfideS diphenyl disulfide, decyl phenyl sulfide, and tetramethylthiuram monosulfide; S-acyl dithiocarbamates, such as S-benzoyl-N,N-dimethyldithiocarbamate; phenones such as acetophenone, ~ tribromacetophenone, ~,~-diethoxy-acetophenone, o-nitro-~ -tribromoacetophenone, benzo-phenone, and p,p'-tetramethyldiaminobenzophenone; sulfonyl halides such as p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, l-naphthalene-sulfonyl chloride, 2-naphthalenesulfonyl chloride, 1,3-benzenedisulfonyl chloride, 2,4-dinitrobenzenesulfonyl bromide and p-acetamidobenzenesulfonyl chloride. Normally, the initiator is used in amounts ranging from about 0.01 to 5% by weight of the total oligomeric composition. When 3 the quantity is less than 0.01% by weight, the photo-~13~209 polymerization rate becomes extremely low, If the initiator is used in excess of 5% by weight, no corres-pondingly improved effect can be expected. Thus, addi-tion of such greater quantity is economically unjustified.
Preferably, about 0.25 to 1.0% of initiator is used in the oligomeric compositions.
For those oligomeric compositions in which the radiation sensitive addition-pol-ymerizable, functional group-containing moiety is an epoxy group as represented in formulas III or IV, any catalyst can be used which liberates or generates a cationic polymerization catalyst upon exposure to radiation. These catalysts are onium salts that are well known in the art of polymerization, e.g., U.S. Pat.
No. 3,826,650 in which it is taught that photosensitive latent curing agents classified as aromatic diazonium salts of a complex anion, e.g., hexafluoroantimonate, and the like are used for photopolymerizing epoxy monomers, and U.S. Pat. No. 4,081,276 in which it is taught that photo-initiators capable of releasing a cationic polymerization catalyst upon exposure to radiant energy are aromatic halonium, aromatic Group Va onium, and aromatic Group VIa onium salts of complex anions and are suitable for forming an image on a substrate. The preferred catalyst for poly-merizing the oligomeric compositions of the invention in which the addition-polymerizable functional group-containing moiety is an epoxy group are aromatic iodonium or sulfonium salts of complex anions selected from tetrafluoroborate, hexafluorophosphate, hexachloroantimonate, and hexafluoroanti-monate. Examples of such salts include diphenyliodonium ~ ~t, 1~33~09 hexafluorophosphate, diphenyliodonium hexafluoroantlmonate, triphenylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate, and triphenyl hexafluoroantimonate. Other preferred aromatic onium salt photoinitiators are the aromatic iodonium and sul-fonium salts of fluoroaliphatic sulfonic acid and the bis(fluoroaliphaticsulfonyl)methanes that are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No, 4,049,861.
In making a particular shaped plastic article of this invention for a specific application, economic considerations will influence what particular oligomeric composition or compositions and what mode of preparation thereof should be used for that purpose. ~or example, in making retroreflective cube corner sheeting for use as highway traffic control markers where such requirements as resistance to weathering and high impact strength are essential, urethane-containing oligomeric compositions preferably would be selected, such as those within the scope of formulas I or LV, the urethane linkage imparting stability to the sheeting upon its exposure to light, heat and moisture, and the mode selected for making such oli-gomeric composition advantageously being that of aforesaid equation (2) because, for example, it involves only two reaction steps and results in an oligomeric product with a relatively high content of "H" segments~ necessary for satisfying the high impact strength requirement of the sheeting, and because equation (2) permits the use of hydroxy-acrylates, such as 2-hydroxyethylmethacrylate, cycloali-phatic po].yisocyanates, such as isophorone dii$ocyanate, and polyester polyols~ such as polycaprolactone diols, these three types of reactants being commercially avail-able raw materials which will augment that of the urethane linkage in providing the desired degree of weatherability.
As another example, in making flexible video discs, where high abrasion resistance and optical trans-parency are important, urethane-containing oligomeric com-positions preferably would be selected, such as those . .
i~ ..~
falling within the scope of formulas I or L,V, the urethane linhage imparting abrasion resistance to the disc, and the mode selected for making such oligomeric composition ad-vantageously being that of aforesaid equation (1) because, for example, of its limited number of reactions and its amenability to use of reactants which are commercially available and which impart to the disc requisite flexibility, high optical transparency, and low haze; such reactants are cycloaliphatic polyisocyanates, such as isophorone diisocyanate, polyester or polyether polyols, such as poly-caprolactone or polytetramethylene glycol, and hydroxyacrylates, which also are commercially available and which also impart to the oligomeric composition the property of fast radiation curability.
As still another example, in making ~resnel lenses where high optical transparency is important for image pro-jection and high focusing efficiency is important for solar heat concentration, urethane--containing or aromatic car-bonate-containing oligomeric compositions preferably would be selected, such as those within the scope of formulas I
or LV, the urethane linkage imparting stability to light and heat and the aromatic carbonate moiety imparting high refractive index and concomittant low chromatic aberration, and the mode selected for making said urethane-containing oligomeric compositions advantageously being that of equations (1) and (2) and the mode for making said carbonate-containing oligomeric compositions advantageously being the aforesaid equations (9) or (10), said equations (]), (2), (9) and (10) entailing a limited number of reactions and being amenable to use of commercially available materials as reactants for imparting the requisite properties to the plastic articles. In the case of projection lenses and solar collectors, said reactants can be isophorone diiso-cyanate, polycaprolactone polyols, and hydroxyacrylates.
The shaped plastic articles of this inventionare typically prepared by pouring or filling a mold master with the oligomeric composition, exposing the resulting cast composition to actinic radiation to rapidly cure the same, and removing from said mold master the resulting shaped plastic article which comprises crosslinked plastic and has a surface bearing microstructure replicated from the mold master.
The particular mold master used in replication will depend on the type of shaped article to be made. For purposes of making optical lenses, e.g., ophthalmic lens blanks, having a surface with an optical finish, the mold master can be made of transparent (e.g., "Pyrex") glass, such masters being commercially available. For purposes of making diffraction gratings,e.g., spectral filters, light collectors, and decorating decals, the mold master can be made of metal with the diffraction pattern thereon made by mechanical ruling or holographically, such dif-fraction grating masters being commercially available, e.g., see the "Diffraction Grating Catalog~' (1974), of PTR Optics Corp., Waltham, Mass., and Bulletins ACA
1004-1-1270 and ACA 1006-1-1-270 of Angenieux Corp. of America, Oceanside, N.Y.
- - ~2 -~133Z(~9 For cube-corner sheeting, linear Fresnel lenses, and other shaped plastic articles having raised or lndented microstructure-bearing surfaces, mold masters can be used which are made of plastic, e.g., acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene, or preferably (for mass production of such repli-cated articles~ made of metal fabricated directly from a suitable metal by engraving, hobbing, assembling as a bundle a plurality of metal parts machined in the desired configu-ration, or other mechanical means or by electroforming, e.g., see "Encyclopedia of Polymer Science & Technology", ol. 8, p. 651 (1968), and "Principles of Electroplating and Electroforming", W. Blum and G. B. Hogaboom, 3rd Ed.
McGraw-Hill Co., Inc., Chap. VIII (1949), and U.S. Pat. No.
3,689,346.
Where the microstructure to be replicated can be initially formed by machining originals made of plastics which are difficult to wet, such as commercially available acrylic resins, e.g, that sold under the trademark "LUCITE", electroformed metal mold masters can be formed from such 2a machined originals and used to make shaped plastic articles ~uch as the diffraction gratings, Fresnel lenses and retroreflective sheeting described in the working examples of this specification) by treating the machined plastic surface to render it wettable and sensitized (for example, by the treatment described in U.S. Pat. No. 37666,527), rendering the surface conductive by simultaneous contact, ~133Z09 using a two-nozzle spray gun, with an ammonical silver salt solution, and a reducing agent, such as formaldehyde or dextrose, plating or electroforming nickel on the silver-coated surface from a commercially available nickel bath, and separating the resulting metal layer from the plastic original, thus generating a metal mas-ter which can be used for replicating said shaped plas-tic articles or from which second and third generation electroformed nickel copies can be made as required to provide a tooling supply for replicating said shaped plastic articles. Where the microstructure to be repli-cated can not be initially machined on a plastic original for purposes of making masters used in replicating such articles as the video disc described hereinafter in a working example of this specification, mold masters fabricated by photoresist techniques can be used, e.g., see the journal articles in "Science", Vol. 196, No.
4293, p. 945 (1977), and "Optics and Laser Technology"
August, 1977, p. 169.
The cast, curable oligomeric composition can be cured by exposure to actinic radiation, viZ., ionizing or non-ionizing radiation, a curing technique well-known ~133209 and widely-used in the art of radiation addition polymeri-zation (e.g., see U.S.Pat. No. 3,700,643). Typically, ultraviolet radiation produced by such sources as mercury arcs, sunlamps, or xenon lamps, with UV radiation primarily in the regions of about 2000 to 4000A,will be most useful.
Ionizing radiation produced by electron accelerators, e.g., continuous filament or swept beam accelerators, can be - used, wherein the electrons are provided with the kinetic energy derived from acceleration through a field varying from 150 kilovolts up to as high as 4000 kilovolts. Useful radiation dosage required to complete the curing will vary, depending on the particular oligomeric composition used, its molecular weight and the crosslinking density desired;
for ultraviolet radiation, a useful dosage will generally be in the range of 0.1 to 100 joules per square centimeter exposed and for ionizing radiation, such as electron beam, a useful dosage will be 5 x 103 rads to 107 rads. Normally the exposure is carried out at or near room temperature and atmospheric pressure. An inert atmosphere, such as nitrogen or carbon dioxide gases, may be desired in curing some oligomeric compositions, viz.~ those relying on free-radical curing mechanisms, e.g., acrylate-, or methacrylate-terminated oligomers. Radiation processing equipment use-ful in the practice of this invention is commercially available, e.g., untraviolet lamp systems sold by Radiation Polymer Corp., Plainfield, Illinois, and Fusion Systems Corp., Greenbelt, Maryland, and ionizing radiation systems sold by Energy Sciences, Inc., Burlington, Mass. and Radiation Dynamics, Inc., Long Island, N.Y. (Although the radiation used in curing the oligomeric composition has li33Z09 been described in detail herein as being actinic radiation, thermal radiation can be used, e.g., 50 to 150C for 5 min to several hours depending on the oligomeric composition and catalyst used; thermal radiation is not preferred because it is more time-consuming, requires more energy, and is not as controllable as actinic radiation).
Following radiation of the cast composition (ac-tinic radiation effects complete curing in 1/2 to 5 seconds generally), the cured, shaped plastic article is readily separated or removed from the mold master. Mold release agents may be used, though generally they are not required. Depending on the particular shaped plastic article made and the nature of the mold master, the mold master can be repeatedly used for replication done on a continuous mass production basis.
In selecting an oligomeric composition for use in preparing a particular shaped article, it has been found useful to prepare a transmissive diffraction grating test sample from the composition. Such sample can be used 2Q to measure replicating fidelity capability of the oligomeric composition and the thermal dimensional stability capa-bility of the oligomeric composition. FIG. 2 schemati-cally illustrates a replicated diffraction grating useful as a test sample, the preparation and testing of which is described hereinafter. The test measures the first order diffraction efficiency of both the master grating and replicated test sample, the efficiency of which is related to the depth of the grooves. A comparison of the effi-ciency of the replica~ed test sample to that of the master ~1~3Z09 grating determines the fidelity of replications. Generally the oligomeric composition of this invention will give dif-fraction grating test samples having a replicated efficiency of at least 85% of that of the master grating. For some particular shaped articles, the replication efficiency must be significantly greater than 85% (for example, for repli-cated video discs, the replication efficiency must approacn at least 99%) and for such articles an oligomeric composi-tion must be selected which will produce a diffraction grat-ing test sample having such replication efficiency. Repli-cation efficiency will be dependent on the degree of shrink-age of the diffraction grating test sample; the greater the shrinkage, the lower the replication fidelity. Shrinkage in turn is dependent on the number of double bonds present in the oligomeric composition per unit weight thereof, and gen-erally the greater such number of double bonds, the greater the degree of shrinkage. For acrylate- or methacrylate-ter-minated oligomers, the shrinkage will be about 20 cc/gram mole of double bonds, and this shrinkage factor can be used as a guide in selecting an oligomeric composition necessary to yield the desired replication efficiency.
Generally, the oligomeric compositions will yield diffraction grating test samples which have high thermal di-mentional stability. For example, generally when said test samples are heated in air in a programmed manner from 23 to 170C, the first order diffraction efficiency is practically constant over these temperatures. ~By contrast, the first order diffraction efficiency of comparative diffraction grat-ing test samples made of poly(methyl methacrylate~, polyvinyl chloride, cellulose acetate butyrate, and polyethylene tere-phthalate dropped rapidly or precipitously to zero when the ..~,~
~,5;?
temperature reached about 70 to 115C). The change in first order diffraction efficiency of diffraction grating test samples of the oligomeric compositions of this invention upon heating at 130C in air for 1 hour is less than 15%, as compared to the first order diffraction efficiency before heating. Generally, the higher the weight ratio of "H" to "S" in the oligomeric composition, and the lower the mole-cular weight between crosslinks in the shaped article pro-duced therefrom, the greater the thermal dimensional sta-bility, i.e., the smaller the change in first order diffrac-tion efficiency upon heating.
Some of the shaped articles of this invention will require higher thermal dimensional stability than others, viz., a change in first order diffraction efficiency on heating at 130 of less than 5%. For example, replicated cube-corner sheeting, the use of which exposes it to elevated temperatures, e.g., on a road sign heated by the sun in Arizona, will require a high thermal dimensional stability, whereas a replicated video disc, played at room temperature, will not require high thermal dimensional stability.
In addition to the preparation of diffraction grating test samples, it has been found useful to prepare cured, self-supporting film samples (with planar surfaces) of the oligomeric composition and measure the tensile strength, elastic modulus, elongation-to-break, and dyna-mic shear moduli of the film samples, the preparation and testing of which is described elsewhere herein. The values of these measurements will be factors to consider in selecting an oligomer composition for fabrication of a particular shaped plastic article therefrom. For example, a replicated video disc which may have to be relatively limp (or "floppy") for playing on a particular type of player, would be prepared from oligomeric compositions which yield test film samples having relatively low elas-tic modulus and dynamic shear moduli and relatively highelongation. In contrast,a rigid or stiff replicated Fresnel lens, used for projection of images, would be prepared from oligomeric compositionswhich yield test film samples having relatively high elastic modulus and dynamic shear moduli, and relatively low elongation. The test film samples can also be measured for optical properties as an aid in selection of an oligomeric composition for prepara-tion of replicated shaped plastic articles used for optical purposes, e.g., where it is necessary to satisfy require-ments of high transmission (i.e., at least 90%) and lowhaze (i.e., less than 5%, preferably less than 2%).
FIGS. 3 and 4 schematically illustrate a portion of a typical replicated cube-corner retroreflective sheet 1 made in accordance with this invention. The geometry or configuration of this type of article is described, ~133Z09 for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 3,810,804. Reference 2 generally designates one of the minute cube corner elements or formations disposed in an array on one side of the sheeting 1. Each element 2 has the shape of a trihedral prism with three exposed planar faces, substantially perpendicular to one another, with the apex of the prism vertically aligned with the center of the base. The angle between the faces is the same for each cube-corner element in the array, and will be about ~0. Said angle can slightly deviate from 90 by design, i.e., the angle will be dependent upon the particular application of the sheeting, as is well-known. For example, in the United States, state governments generally specify maximum brightness of retro-reflective traffic control markers at from 0.2 to 2 divergence (or observational) angles, thus dictating a spe-cific angle between the faces of the cube-corner elements in the marker. The cube corner elements 2 in sheet 1 are all of the same dimensions and are aligned in an array or pattern of rows and columns,the bases being in the same plane,and adjacent elements being contiguous at the edges of their bases such that there is no spacing or flat areas between adjacent elements. The cube-corner elements 2 surmount a body portion 3, the lower surface of which is smooth or planar, the body portion being preferably inte-gral with elements, the sheeting thus being monolithic.Generally, each cube-corner element 2 has a side edge dimension up to 0.025 inch (0.635 mm~ preferably less than 0.010 inch (0.254 mm). The body portion 3 is suffi-ciently thick to render the sheeting self-supporting and 3o tough so as to maintain the integrity of the array of cube-corner elements 2. Generally, the body portion will be 0. 002 to 0.030 inch (.o5 to .075 rnm), preferably 0.003 to 0.010 inch (0. 075 to 0. 25 mm).
In the application o~ such cube-corner sheeting 5 as a highway traffic control marker, it will be desirable to seal air spaces between the faces of the cube-corner elements with a sealing film placed over the top of the elements, e.g., in the manner described in ~.S. Pat. No.
4,025,159, and coat the exposed surface of the film with a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition which is dried and adhered to a rigid sheet, e.g., aluminum, which forms a base for theresulting marker. The exposed lower surface 8 of the body portion 3 of the cube-corner sheeting 1 may be first selectively coated with transparent ink layers 15 to provide the desired traffic control message, e.g., "STOP", and then coated with a top coat to protect the message, e.g., against weathering.
The principle of operation of retroreflective cube corner structures is well known, e.g., see J. Optical Society of America, Vol. 48, No. 7, July, 1958, p. 496.
That principle is in essence illustrated by FIG. 5.
Referring to that figure, in which a single cube corner element 2 is shown schematically with two of its faces 6, 7 being substantially perpendicular to one another, as shown by the angle 90 + ~, and the body portion 3 having an exposed lower surface 8. An incident ray of light I
enters the element 2 upon striking surface 8 in a direction perpendicular thereto, passes through the body portion 3, strikes face 6, iS reflected to the other faces, is 3o reflected from the latter and passes out of the element as reflected ray I'. Perfect retroreflection of incident ray I for the particular element shown in FIG. 5 would result in the reflected ray passing out the element in a path, shown by the broken line, exactly parallel to the path of the incident ray. The deviation between the path of perfect reflection and the actual path, I', is shown by the divergence angle ~, which will be 0.2 to 2 in the case where state governments specify the same as described above. In order to obtain and maintain the desired specified divergence angles, the desired dimensions and angles of the cube-corner elements must be obtained and maintained within very narrow limits. For exam le, as described by J. Optical Society of America, supra, for a plastic having an index of refraction of 1.5 (typical for the plastics comprising the shaped articles of this in-vention, said plastics generally having an index of 1.48 to 1.6), the divergence angle ~ can be expressed by the equa-tion ~ = 4.9 ~, and thus when ~ is 0.2, 4 is 0.041 or 6.8 minutes of arc, which is an exceedingly small angle. If the angles between the faces of a replicated cube-corner element cannot be controlled and maintained, e.g., because of shrinkage, distortion upon removal from the mold, or of thermal distortion, the efficiency of retroreflection will be affected. Even a slight lack of control and maintenance f the angle can significantly adversely affect the effi-ciency. Rigid, high elastic modulus plastics, such as poly (methyl methacrylate), have thus been resorted to in the art, however, such plastics are brittle and have low heat distortion resistance. In contrast, the desired angles of the plastic cube corner elements made in accordance with ~33209 this invention are controlled and maintained even at ele-vated temperatures, and the elements are flexible, articles with such elements being of wide application, e.g., where high impact strength is desired or required, as in the case of highway "STOP" signs. Additionally, the retroreflective cube-corner sheeting of this invention can be made with initial high brightness capability, e.g., at least 600 candles/lumen at 0.2 divergence angle.
FIG. 4A illustrates the combination of the repli-cated cube-corner retroreflective sheet 1 of FIGS. 3, 4 with ! a retroreflective beaded sheet 14, this type of construction being described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,025,159, as a combination cube-corner exposed-lens product of the general type de-scribed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,140,340. Sheet 14 comprises a layer 15 of binder material, a monolayer of transparent glass microspheres 16 partially embedded in the binder material, and specular reflective material 17 underlying and in optical connection with the embedded surface of the microspheres.
The points of contact between the apices of cube-corner elements 2 and microspheres 16 can be bonded asshown in FIG. 4A and as taught in U.S. Pat. No. 4,025,159, forming hermetically sealed cells or pockets 18, or the sheets 1 and 14 can be spaced apart as taught in U.S. Pat.
No. 3,140,340, forming an air gap which provides a prism-air interface. In this construction, light rays escaping from the cube-corner sheet 1 are reflected back from beaded sheet 14, thereby providing wide angularity and divergence of re-troreflection.
Other articles of this invention are echelon or Fresnel lenses, such as those with configurations described 11 3 3~o~9 in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,334,958, 3,972,593, 3,511,563, and 4,082,433, and used, for exampleg in overhead projectors.
FIG. 6 illustrates a plurality of one type of such lens 9, viz., linear Fresnel lenses (fabricated in accordance with 5 this invention, as shown herebelow) in the form of a continuous sheet 10 of contiguous replicated plastic lenses, which sheet can be cut to separate the individual lenses. The flexibility and dimensional stability of the Fresnel lens made in accordance with this invention makes them useful in a wide field of application, such as decorative mouldings, e.g., automobile moulding, described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,908,056.
As mentioned hereinbefore, rep]icated shaped plastic articles can be fabricated in accordance with 15 this invention for purposes of information processing and transmission. FIGS. 7 and 8 illustrate an example of such articles, namely a video disc 11 (the fabrication of which is exemplified hereinafter) having spirally arranged tracks 12 each of which is made up of circumferentially-20 spaced, minute depressions or holes commonly called"micropits", with lengths, for example, about 1. 2 ~, widths about 0. 75 ~m, and depths about 0. 3 ~m, and which are circumferentially spaced, for example 1. 5 ~m, the variations of said lengths and spacings depending on 25 the frequency of the carrier signals which are re-corded on the disc, articles of this type being described in Optics & Laser Technology, supra. (Alternatively, the information on the video disc can be in spiral grooves with the video information appearing on the bottom and wall regions of the grooves in the form of geometric or topographical variations, as described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,795,534 and 3,882,214.) The high repli-cation fidelity capability of this invention is particularly well-suited to fabrication of the above-described replicated video discs.
Objects and advantages of this invention are illustrated in the following examples thereof. In these examples, the parts referred to are parts by weight and the percents referred to are percents by weight. In all runs in which the addition polymerizable oligomer products were synthesized, a dry air atmosphere was maintained during the course of reaction. The cured film test samples used for measuring physical properties were made by mixing 100 parts of the oligomer product (or oligomer product diluted with diluent monomer) with 0.5 part 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone photoinitiator, vacuum degassing the resulting mixture to remove entrapped air, and casting the mixture to a thickness of 250 microns (using a flat-bed knife coater) between two sheets of 125_micron thick polyethylene terephthalate polyester, thereby forming a "sandwich" assembly. Using a laboratory ultraviolet processor (viz., a "QC Processor", manufactured by Radiation Polymer Corp.), the "sandwich" assembly was passed six times on a moving belt conveyor moving at 15 m per minute under a bank of two medium pressure mercury vapor arc lamps operating at 80 watts/cm of length. The conveyor was spaced at a distance of 10 cm from the lamps.
At the completion of the curing process, the cast mixture cured to a solid film of crosslinked polymer between the 1~33209 polyester sheets, which were then stripped from the polymer film and physical properties of the film were then tested.
The replicated diffraction grating test sam~
ples (used for measuring replicated fidelity and thermal dimensional stability) were made in the following examples by using a high frequency holographic metal mold diffrac-tion grating master, having 867.7 line pairs per milli-meter. This master was coated (by a flat-bed knife coater) with a 375-micron thick layer of the oligomer product (or oligomer product diluted with diluent monomer), to which 0.5 percent 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone had been added. A poly-ethylene terephthalate polyester film (125-micron thick) was placed as a cover sheet over the layer of curable oligomer material and the resulting construction was cured with said l'QC Processor" by placing it on a conveyor moving at 15 metersper minute under two medium pressure mercury vapor lamps operating at 80 watts per cm of length.
A distance between the lamps and the oligomer surface of 10 cm was maintained. After six passes under the lamps, polymerization of the oligomer product was complete. The polyester cover sheet was stripped off and the layer of polymerized product (a replicated diffraction grating) was separated from the master and used as a test sample. The first order diffraction efficiency of the test sample was measured by the procedure described by Beesley et al in J. Applied Optics, Vol. 9~ No. 12, Dec. 1970, p. 2720, and the diffraction efficiency of the test sample was cal-culated. The test sample was then placed in a forced air circulating oven at 130C for one hour. After this heat ~ 75 -treatment, the f`irst order diffraction efficiency was again measured and the percent difference from the original value was taken as the measure of the resistance of the test sam-ple to thermal distortion.
The diffracting grating test samples were also used to determine the gel swell of the crosslinked polymers as an indication of the degree of crosslinking thereof (al-though the gel swell of the cured film samples could also have been used for this purpose). The gel swell was deter-mined by immersing a sample portion of known weight, Wl (about 0.5 g), of the diffraction grating test sample in 25 ml tetrahydrofuran solvent (analytical reagent grade) for 24 hours at about 23C, removing the resulting swelled sample portion, wiping or padded off the adhering film of solvent from the sample portion and quickly determining its weight, W2. The used solvent was evaporated to dryness and the weight, W3, of the dried residue (the solubilized frac-tion of the sample portion) was determined. The weight percent gel swell of the tested crosslinked polymer was calculated by the formula:
W - W
gel swell = 3 X 100 Wl The lower the percent gel swell, the greater the degree of crosslinking (see "Encyclopedia of Polymer Technology", Vol. 4, p. 63-65, published by Interscience Pub. (1966)).
Into a 4-liter metal reactor, immersed in an oil bath and equipped with a propeller agitator, thermo-meter, addition funnel, and dry air sparger extending into the reactor through the lid thereof, there were charged 667g (3 moles) isophorone diisocyanate ("IPDI") and 0.05 g stannous chloride. When the diisocyanate reached 70C, there was then added from the addition funnel 795 g (1.5 moles) warm polycaprolactone diol ("NIAX" PCP 0200) while agitating the reactor contents and maintaining the same at about 70C. The resulting mixture was agitated for 13 hours at 70C to prepare the isocyanate-terminated, polycaprolactone urethane prepolymer after which 400 g (3.05 moles) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was added over a 3.5-hour period. The resulting condensation reaction was allowed to proceed for 13 hours at 70C until inspection of withdrawn samples by infrared analysis revealed that essentially no residual isocyanate was present in the reaction mixture.
Infrared analysis verified that the resulting oligomer product comprised acrylate-capped polycaprolactone ure-thane oligomer having essentially the structure shown by formula XVII. This oligomer product had a calculated composition of 35.8% "H" segments, 43.0% "S" segments~
and 21.2% addition polymerizable groups.
Cured film and replicated diffraction grating test samples were prepared from the oligomer product and the properties of these articles were measured and the 1~33Z09 amounts of the various segments and crosslink density of the cured oligomer product were calculated. The results were tabulated in TABLE III together with the results obtained for film and diffraction grating test samples prepared from the oligomer product diluted with various amounts of diluent monomer.
~ ~ O '~ 0 u~ .p td ~i ~ ~ ~ O O~
a I a~
. ~ ~ ~ o o .,1 ~ h ~1 ~ ~1 h q~ cd I I P1 ~ ~ I
X C~J
~ CU ~ ~ ~ 0 E~ ~ ~ ^
O ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ O
O q~ G~ C~ ~ ~ rl O ~ O c~
+~- cC ~ ,,, ~ 00 C\J
.~ ~ F~
qt ~ ~
q~ h C~ ~O ~ a~ ~O ~)~ ~ ~ ~ rd ~ ~0 ~ t~ O ^ O O ^ O ~
:q c~ cu c~ 0 o o X ^
~1 ~1 ~O ~O C\J C~
oo C~
~1 ~~1 ~ ~
Wl o~ R O O O +~
~ ~ o^ ~
bD ~ O~ ~ ~O ~
~ C~ O O ~ O O
u7 ~1 ~ U~ CU U~ ~ ~ ~ ~ CU ~ o cq r~
h ~ c~ ~Q ,Q
a~ ~ ~1 ~ o o s~ d ^o H O q~ tO ~ O O o o g o ~ ~ X ~ r') 5 I h td ~ cr~ O ~) Ir~~ H H ~3 Pl ~ ~1 0 O~ O u\ ~ ~ ~ ~ +~
~ ~ 1~ ~ O ~ ~ ~
Cl~ O C) O ~ I C~ rl ~ ~
E~ ~1 ~ ~1 W
P~ O ~ ~ O O O O O O I ~ O
F~ ~ ~ ~ h rl P~ E~ ~ a~ O
~ c)a~ P~ rJ
~ ~ ~0 ~
~ ~ X O
C CU O O~ ~O U~
~ rl ~q ~i ~ ~ O ~ ~O X ~
CU ~ O ~ p, ~~, o~ ~ ~
o ~ ~ o ~ ,~ oo ~ a~ ~d _ ~ . . r1 a)-,~ q~ ~ ~ o ~ ~ c~l ~o ~ x ~ O O _ ~ ~ ~ ~ $, 3 ~ ~ ~ o ~
g g = CD ~ ~1 O~ ~ . O ~ ~ ~1 ~^
~3 u~ ~ ~ ~ ~O ~ 0 c~ = ~1 N Ir~ HrJIr I UJh ~1 H
~ ~d a) c) rl X q~
~0~ ~ X ~ ~ O
~ ~-,~ cO O
~ ~ ~- O ~;
O O O O O O ~ M;) X ~
rd C\l (Y~ 0 ~ 0~ Cl) rl N ~1 ~ Il~ ~O
1~33Z09 The data of TABLE III show that dimensional stability (as manifested by the change in diffraction efficiency on heating) in the replicated articles is dependent on the amount of diluent monomer used due ; 5 to its effects on the amounts of the different types of segments and on the crosslink density. Though the "H"/"S" ratios in these examples all were o.83 (except in Example 3, where the ratio was 1.83), as the amount of "linking" segments and the molecular weight (MW) between crosslinks increased, the replicated articles had less dimensional stabllity. Thus, where a parti-cular dimensional stability value is desired, for this particular plastic system, a particular amount of diluent monomer should be used, too much diluent monomer resulting in poor dimensional stability; for example, when 80% diluent monomer was used, the replicated article stuck to the mold because the shrinkage occurring upon curing caused the microstructure to mechanically "lock" onto the mold surface. For some applications of this system, for example a Fresnel lens to be used indoors at ambient temperature, a loss of dimensional stability of the magnitude shown in Examples 5 and 6 might be in acceptable limits, but for other appli-cations, such as cube corner retroreflective sheeting, such losses will be unacceptable and the plastics of Examples 1-3 would be used.
Using the equipment of Example 1, there were added to the reactor 572.4 g (1. o6 moles) polycaprolactone triol ("NIAX" PCP 0300), 334.8 g (1.56 moles) 2-(N-butyl-carbamyl)-ethyl methacrylate as a diluent monomer, 573.3 g (4.41 moles) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and o.36 g dibutyltin dilaurate, and the contents of the reactor were mixed at 60C until homogeneous. Then there was added 900 g (3.43 moles) of methylene bis(4-cyclohexylisocyanate) ("Hylene" WS) over a two-hour period with precaution taken to maintain the temperature below about 75C. After the addition was complete, the resulting mixture was allowed to react further for 12 hours at 70C,at the end of which time inspection of the infrared spectra of withdrawn samples of the resulting product showed it did not contain isocyanate, indicating complete reaction. Infrared analysis verified that the resulting oligomer product comprised acrylate-capped, polyester urethane oligomer (excluding the diluent monomer) having essentially the structure of formula XXX. The oligomer product had a calculated com-position of 37.8% "H" segments, 24.0%"S" segments, and 38.2%linking groups.
The oligomer product was diluted with 334.8 g (1.56 moles) 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate to provide a 70% solution of the oligomer product for pre-paration of cured film and diffraction grating test samples, the composition and properties of which are set forth in TABLE IV.
Into a l-liter metal reactor, equipped as described in Example 1, were charged 200 g (0.083 mole) poly(dimethylsiloxane)triol silicone fluid ("Dow Corning" Q4-3557), 210 g (1.60 moles) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and 0.3 g of dibutyltin dilaurate. The mixture was heated to 65C and 220 g (0.99 mole) isophorone diisocyanate ("IPDI") was added over a two-hour period. The reaction was complete in 16 hours as determined by infrared analysis for isocyanate. The resulting acrylate-capped polysiloxane urethane oligomer product had a structure essentially that of formula XXI.
Eighty parts of the oligomer product was diluted with 20 parts 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate diluent monomer and the diluted oligomer product was cured to form film and diffraction grating test samples, the properties of which are set forth in TABLE IV.
Into a l-liter reactor, equipped as described in Example 1, were charged 142 g (o.64 mole) isophorone diisocyanate ("IPDI") and 0.1 g of dibutyltin dilaurate.
Next, 200 g (0.32 mole) polyoxytetramethylene diol ("Polymeg" 630, having a weight average molecular weight of 600) was added slowly over a 30-minute period; the temperature was kept below about 80C during the addition.
After a two-hour reaction period at a temperature of 75C, 88.8 g (0.68 mole) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was added to the resulting isocyanate-terminated ure-thane prepolymer product and the mixture allowed to react for 12 hours until inspection of the infrared spectra of the resulting oligomer product indicated that complete reaction of isocyanate had occurred. As verified by infrared analysis, the acrylate-capped polyether urethane oligomer product had essentially the structure of formula XVIII
Eighty parts of the oligomer product was diluted with 20 parts 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacry-late diluent monomer and the diluted oligomer product was cured to form film and diffraction grating test samples, the compositions and properties of which are set forth in TABLE IV.
Into a l-liter reactor at room temperature (25C) werecharged 224 g (1.10 moles) isophorone diiso-cyanate ("IPDI") and 0.3 g of dibutyltin dilaurate, and then over a period of about 45 minutes there was added a mixture of 3]2.5 g (0.25 mole) polycaprolactone diol ~"NIAX" PCP 0230) and 27 g (0.3 mole) 1,4-butanediol chain extender, and the resulting reaction mixture allowed to rise to 80C without application of external heat.
After one hour, to the resulting isocyanate-terminated, chain-extended urethane prepolymer product, there was 1133~
added 151.3 g (l.L5 moles) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and the mixture maintained at 75C for 9 hours. The resulting acrylate-capped, chain-extended, polycapro-lactone urethane oligomer product had essentially the structure of formula XXIII.
Eighty parts of the oligomer product was diluted with 20 parts 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacry-late, and the diluted oligomer product was cured to form film and diffraction grating test samples, the compositions and properties of which are set forth in TABLE IV.
Into a l-liter reactor, equipped as described in Example 1, was charged 157 g (o.60 mole) methylenebis-(4-cyclohexylisocyanate) ("Hylene" WS). Then, while stirring, there were added, over a period on one hour, a mixture of 288 g (0.12 mole) poly(dimethylsiloxane)diol silicone fluid ("Dow Corning" Q4-3667) and 1.83 g (0.03 mole) 2-aminoethanol chain-extender, and the temperature of the resulting mixture was allowed to rise to 70C. The reaction was allowed to proceed for an additional hour at which time 131 g (1.00 mole) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was added to the resulting isocyanate-terminated, chain-extended, urea-urethane prepolymer product. The mixture was held at 70C and the reaction was complete in 12 hours as determined by infrared analysis, whereupon 248 g (1.08 moles) 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate diluent monomer was ~33209 added. Infrared analysis verified that the resulting acrylate-capped, chain-extended, polycaprolactone urea-urethane oligomer product (excluding the diluent monomer) had essentially the structure of formula XXXIII. Cured film and diffraction grating test samples were pre-pared and their compositions and properties are set forth in TABLE IV.
_XAMPLE 12 Into a l-liter reaction vessel, equipped as in Example 1, were charged 120 g (o.46 mole) methylenebis-(4-cyclohexylisocyanate) ("Hylene"WS) and 0.25 g of dibytyltin dilaurate, and the mixture heated to 65-70C
while stirring. There was then added over a period of one hour a mixture of 219 g (0.091 mole) poly(dimethyl-siloxane)diol silicone fluid ("Dow Corning" Q4-3667) and 46 g (0.023 mole) poly(oxypropylene) diamine ("Jeffamine" D-2000) and the resulting mixture heated with stirring for an additional hour at 70C. To the stirring mixture containing the resulting isocyanate-terminated, polysiloxane-polyether, urea-urethane pre-polymer product was added 131 g (1 mole) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and the resulting mixture was heated for three hours whereupon it was found by infrared analysis that all the isocyanate therein had disappeared. As verified by infrared analysis, the resulting acrylate-capped, polysiloxane-polyether, urea-urethane oligomer product had essentially the structure of formula XXXII.
Films and diffraction grating test samples were prepared using 70 parts of the above oligomer pro-duct diluted with 30 parts 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate, the compositions and properties of these articles being set forth in TABLE IV.
Into a l-liter reaction flask, equipped as in Example 1, were charged 250 g (0.95 mole) methylenebis-(4-cyclohexylisocyanate) ("Hylene" WS), 180 g (o.84 mole) 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate, and 0.5 g of dibutyltin dialurate. The mixture was heated to 50C
and a mixture of 6.1 g (0.1 mole) 2-aminoethanol and 322 g (0.388 mole) of polycaprolactonediol (NIAX" PCP 0210) was added over a one hour period. Then 131 g (1.0 mole) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate diluent monomer was added and heating at 50C continued for 12 hours, at the end of which time it was confirmed by infrared analysis that isocyanate had disappeared. As verified by infrared analysis, the resulting oligomer product (excluding the diluent monomer) was an acrylate-capped, polycaprolactone, chain-extended, urea-urethane oligomer having essentially the structure of formula XXXIV.
Eighty parts of the oligomer product was diluted with 20 parts 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacry-late for the preparation of film and diffraction gratingtest samples, the compositions and properties of which are set forth in TABLE IV.
1~33Z09 In a 4-liter reactor, equipped as in Exa~ple 1, a mixture of 15.1 g (0.13 mole) 1,6-hexamethylenediamine and 1250 g (0.52 mole) poly(dimethylsiloxane)diol silicone fluid ("Dow Corning" Q4-3667) was added during a one-hour period to a mixture of 572 g (2.58 mole) isophorone diisocyanate ("IPDI") and 2 g of dibutyltin dilaurate while maintaining the temperature of the reactor contents at 65-70C. The mixture was heated at this temperature for an additional two hours to obtain the isocyanate-terminated polysiloxane, urea-urethane prepolymer product, and 536 g (2.76 moles) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was then added over a one hour period. The resulting mixture was allowed to react at 65-70C until the disappearance of isocyanate, as determined by infrared analysis, was observed, the period of reaction so re-quired being 48 hours. Infrared analysis verified that the resulting acrylate-capped, polyester, urea-urethane oligomer product had essentially the structure of ~ormula XXIV. The mixture was cooled, 593 g (2.57 moles) 2-N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate diluent monomer was added, and film and diffraction grating test samples were prepared from the diluted oligomer product, the compositions and properties of these articles being set forth in TABLE IV.
EXAMPLES 15A and 15B
In a first run (Example 15A), into a 1.5-liter reaction flask, equipped as in Example 1, were placed 260 g (0.99 mole) methylenebis (4-cyclohexylisocyanate) ("Hylene" WS) and 0.1 g dibutyltin dilaurate. The mixture was heated to 65-70C and 453.2 g (0.55 mole) polycaprolactonediol ("NIAX" PCP 0210) was added ouer a period of 1.3 hours. Isocyanate equivalent weight of the resulting reaction mixture was then monitored by butylamine titration as the reaction proceeded. When the isocyanate equivalent weight reached 796, indicative of complete reaction of the diol to produce the desired isocyanate-terminated, polycaprolactone, urethane pre-polymer product, addition of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was initiated. During 15 minutes, there was added 143 g (1.10 mole) of the methacrylate, taking care that the temperature did not rise above 75C. After the addition, heating was continued until infrared analysis indicated that isocyanate had disappeared (14 hours). Infrared analysis verified that the oligomer product was an acrylate-capped, polyester urethane oligomer having essentially the structure of formula XXXI. In a second run (Example 15B), 534 g of isophorone diisocyanate ("IPDI"), 0.5 g dibutyltin dilaurate, 1000 g polycapro-lactone diol ("NIAX" PCP 0210), and 300 g 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate were reacted in the same manner as the first run to produce an oligomer product having the same structure as formula XVII except the number of repeating 3Z(~9 caprolactone ester units was 3.25 av. rather than 1.86 av. The oligomer products were diluted with 20 percent by weight of 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate for preparation of film and diffraction grating test samples, the compositions and properties of which are set forth in TABLE IV.
Into a l-liter reaction flask, equipped as in Example 1, were placed 88.8 g (0.4 mole) isophorone diisocyanate ("IPDI") and 0.2 g dibutyltin dilaurate.
The mixture was heated to 70C and 250 g (0.2 mole) polycaprolactonediol ("NIAX" PCP 0230) was added during 40 minutes while maintaining the temperature of the reactor contents at 70-75C. The mixture was held at this temperature for three hours, resulting in an isocya-nate-terminated, polycaprolactone urethane prepolymer.
There was then added 55 g (0.45 mole) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and heating was continued at 75C for 15 hours. At the end of this time, infrared analysis indicated that the isocyanate group had disappeared.
As verified by infrared analysis, the acrylate-capped, polycaprolactone, urethane oligomer had essentially the structure of formula XIX. The oligomer product was diluted with 20 percent by weight of 2-(N-butylcarbamyl) ethyl methacrylate and film and diffraction grating test samples were prepared from the diluted product, the com-positions and properties of these articles being set forth in TABLE IV.
11;~3~1~9 Example 1 was repeated except that the poly-caprolactonediol used was "NIAX" PCP 0240. The re-sulting acrylate-capped, polycaprolactone urethane oligomer had the same structure as that shown by formula XIX, but the number of repeating units in the polyester segment was 8.4 (av.). The oligomer product obtained was diluted with 20 percent by weight of 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate for preparation of films and diffraction grating test samples, the com-positions and properties of these articles being set forth in TABLE IV.
The data of TABLE IV show that though the "H"/"S" ratios varied from 0.22/1 to 1.57/1 and the physical properties (viz., tensile, modulus, elongation) varied widely, the dimensional stability of the articles (made from a host of different resin systems)varied only over a relatively narrow range of acceptable values, though, here again, the desired dimensional stability of an application might require use of one system rather than another. The optical properties shown for these systems will also dictate the particular applica-tion to be made, for example, a lens application would require high transmission, e.g., greater than 91~ and low haze, e.g., less than 5~, whereas a retroreflective video disc could tolerate lower transmission and higher haze.
~ ~33~9 ~ ~ a~ ~ co ~ ~ C~ ~1 ~ ~ ~
~1 ~1 x o~i o ~i~i ~ ~i co ~i O ~i C~ h u~
~ P~ ~rl ~ d oP' hu:l O . , .C~l ~ COC~ H
CU ~ i C\i O CUt`J C~ O
w ~R ~ O~ O~
~D
H R O ~~1 ~,¦ ~O~~O ~ ~O cO cO ~,~
a~ ~ ~ ~ I + o ~i ol I o ~ ~lo c~ I
h q~ b~ O
O H h ~ ~ cO ~ t-- ~ ~ co co ~ co ~ C~
O ~ ~d ~o u~ co ~O ~ u~ ~o t~ Lr~ Lr~
~rl ~ O C~J C\~l C`~l C'~l C\l C`J N t~J CU N C\J ~1 h ~ ¢ ~ w W ~ ~ ~ ~
q~ h ~r~ ~o ~o~o ~ (~~co Lr~ ~o ~ ~1 u~
~ O a) C~ J N C~ ~ h ~3 ~ ~cO ~ ~ ~1 1c~ O cO O O~
P
H CO
~3 ~1 ~1 ~ I~
E-l U) H . Y
O ~ CO ~ COOU~ ~ CO ~ ~
O~ ~ cO C~ ¢ ¢
'~ td . O O
h ~ ~ ~ ~ O OO O O O O O OO O O ~:
05-1 u~c~ OOOOOOOOOOu h w ~ ~ ~D OCO C~ 0 ~t t~ ~ ~
~:4 ~ ~ Sl ,~ ~~ (r) C\J~C)CU C~ O h ~ ~1~ o o o o o o o o o o o o a.) a) tq a.) o ~ C~ ~) o u~ t O H ~ ' ¦~l ~ h ~ H
E-l u2 h h ~ +~
~ u7 ~ 0L-- ~0 0~ 0~~ O ~ ~ ~ C\~ Cil ~ ~
~ ~3 ~ .Y ~ . . . . . . . ~ . . . ~ ~c C~ C) ~ ~ U~ ~ ~O ~D ~ ~ CO CO ~ ~ -~ CO
O H d _ ~ ~t~ (~ ,::t~:~ ~ 1~1 (~1 ~1 C~l O w _ h h +~ ~1 0~~t~I N ~Y) O CO t~ (~1 0 0 O
O _ ~ C-~O CO O~ i CO ~! 0~ 0 g H ~ _(r)C\l CU C~l~I ~ C\l ~ CU C\l ~1 ~ p ~ h O O _r~ 1 00\ 0 0 ~ O CO CO ~D
U~~i 11~ t~ 00~CiJ N tr~ O CO (D
c _ C\l N ~~) t~ ~(~.1 ~ ~t ~ 1~ 11 E~ E~
~ ~ CO O\ O ~ C ~O ~ ~ ,_ 1~3~Z09 Portions of the films of Examples 7, 9, 13 and 15 were used to measure their dynamic shear moduli according to the procedure of U.S. Patent 3,853,595;
these measurements were plotted on semilogarithm paper, and values from the plotted curves at particular tempera-tures are set forth in TABLE V, said plotted curves falling within the area A-B-C-D of FIG. I.
TABLE V
Dynamic shear modulus, dynes/cm _ _ EXAMPLES
_ _ Temper-ature~oc 7 9 13 15A 15B
233.7xlO9 2.3xlO9 l.9xlO9 1.4xlO9 2.0xl08 403.2xlO9 1.3xlO9 1.4xlO9 l.lxlO9 1.2xl08 502.7xlO9 0.8xlO9 o.9xlO9 O.9xlO9 3.0x107 1560 2.0xlO9 2.5x108 1.7xl08 0.5xlO9 1.4x107 701.4xlO9 1.1xl08 7.2x107 1.5xl08 l.Ox107 80lxlO9 6.6x107 6.1x107 7.3x107 8.oxlo6 1001.8xl08 4.2x107 3.3x107 4.2x107 6.9xlo6 1209.2x107 4.0x107 3.0x107 3.4x107 6.5xlo6 - 92~
:~13;~
To a 500-ml glass reaction vessel, equipped as in EXAMPLE 1, were added 200 g (0.91 mole) isophorone diisocyanate ("IPDI"), 6 drops of dibutyltin dilaurate catalyst, and 80 g (0.35 mole) 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyi methacrylate. While maintaining thorough mixing of the reactor contents, 60 g (0.57 mole) 1,4-butanediol was added slowly and the temperature was kept below about 80C. The polymerization was allowed to proceed for 2.3 hours, at which time the isocyanate equivalent weight was found to be at 863, indicating a complete reaction to form an isocyanate-terminated, chain-extended urethane prepolymer product containing a block of the following structure:
3C ~ ~30coc~x8 f C0~3 ~ 1 3 ~
3 2NHCc4H8~ CONHCH2 CH3 (av. ) To the above-prepared prepolymer product, 89 g (0.107 mole) polycaprolactone diol ("NIAX" PCP 0210) was added and allowed to react for 2 hours. This was followed by 30.9 g (0.235 mole) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. The resulting reaction was complete, as determined by in-frared analysis, in an additional 11 hours. The resulting ~133209 acrylate-capped, polycaprolactone, chain-extended urethane block oligomer product was calculated as con-taining 56.5% urethane "H" segments and 19.3% poly-caprolactone "S" segments. Infrared analysis of the oligomer product confirmed it had essentially the structure of formula XXV.
Fifty parts of the above-prepared oligomer product was dissolved in 50 parts tetrahydrofuran solvent,and 1.0 part of 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone was added to the mixture and the resulting composition was used to make a replicated diffraction grating by the procedure described hereinbefore; during the preparation of the grating, the solvent was allowed to evaporate from the solution, leaving the oligomer layer on the master molding surface. The dimensional stability of the subsequently radiation-cured grating was determined by the aforesaid procedure and found to be acceptable, as shown by the following data:
First order diffraction efficiency _ . . . .
Before heating After heating Change .. . .. . _ _ . _ 24.7% 23.0% --6.9%
Eighty g (0.235 mole) of the diglycidyl ether of bis-phenol A ("DER" 322) was combined with 20 g (0.024 mole) polycaprolactone diol ("NIAX" PCP 0210), 2 g of the phosphorous hexafluoride salt of the diphenyl :
iodonium cation (as a photoinitiator), and 0.5 g of 2-chloro thioxanthone (as a photosensitizer). A
diffraction grating was prepared from the resulting mixture by the procedure described hereinbefore, the cured polymer containing 63% "H" segments, 20% "S"
segment units. The in situ formed oligomer had essen-tially the structure shown by formula LII. The dimen-sional stability of the diffraction grating was tested by the aforesaid procedure and found to be acceptable, as shown by the following data:
First order diffraction efficiency . . . _ . _ Before heating After heating Change 26.8% 25-5% -4.85%
The gel swell of the crosslinked polymer was 40%.
15_AM~LE 20 To 70 parts of diluted oligomer prepared as described in Example 7 (which was a mixture of 86 parts oligomer and 30 parts of 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate) were added 30 further parts of the latter methacrylate and 0.7 part 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone. The resulting mixture was mixed thoroughly and vacuum degassed to remove air bubbles. The resulting curable mixture was poured onto a rectangular (20 cm x 30 cm) metal mold master of electroformed nickel whose molding surface was in the form of an array of about 50,000/inch (7800/cm ) negative or female cube corner depressions or cavities 0.128 mm in depth, each edge of each cube corner . .
11332(~9 being 0.0045 inch (0.115 cm) in length. The resulting layer of the curable mixture was covered with a 3 mil (0.077 mm) thick film of polyethylene terephthalate polyester. The resulting construction was placed in a 2 ton (1910 kg) platten press and heated under pressure to 70C, this operation forcing the curable mixture into the cube corner depressions and forcing out air bubbles.
The construction was then subjected to radiation curing using an ultraviolet radiation processing unit ("QC
Processor", made by Radiation Polymer Corp.) in the same manner as that used in preparing the diffraction grating test samples described above. A total of 10 passes of the construction in a nitrogen atmosphere at a conveyor speed of 80 ft/min. (24.5 m/min.) was used in the curing operation. The resulting cured sheeting of the repli-cated array of cube corners, having an overall thickness of about 10 mils (0.25 mm), was removed from the mold and then square pieces, 9 inches2 (58 cm2), were cut from the sheet as test specimens. Each test specimen was mounted on an aluminum panel (by adhering the edge por-tions of the specimen to the panel with pressure sensitive adhesive tape~, with the cube corner elements in contact at their apices with the panel and with air pockets be-tween the cube corner elements trapped between the speci-men and panel, thus forming a retroreflective articlebased on a form depicted in FIGS. 3,4.
One of the above prepared articles was tested for retroreflectivity by placing it in a darkroom at a distance of 50 feet (15 m) from a light source mounted in a plane normal to the plane of the article, the exposed :~133;æ~g flat surface of the array of cube-corners of which faced the light source. A photodetector was positioned at a small angle ("divergence angle") relative to the plane normal to the article and the brightness of the article upon illumination of the light source was measured (in accordance with test procedure 4.7.7.2 of U.S. Federal Specification L-S-300B, July 12, 1974), at the cus-tomary divergence angle of 0.2. Following these measurements, the article was heated at 110C in an air oven for 120 hours, cooled to ambient room temperature, and its brightness was measured again. The other of the above-prepared articles were coated with a methyl ethyl ketone solution of acrylic topcoat (sold as XP903 by Rohm & Haas Co.) containing 0.5 wt.% "UVINU~"-539 acrylate W-absorber, and the coating dried to provide a 0.01 mm thick layer. Then, the so-coated article was placed in an XW Weatherometer and exposed thereto to temperatures up to 45C, intense ultraviolet light,and relative humidity of 90% and higher~ the article being withdrawn periodically, tested for brightness determination, and reinserted. The other coated article was subjected to prevailing weather condition in the state of Florida for 1 year and the brightness measured after such exposure. The results of the brightness tests are as follows:
1133;~9 Brightness, candles/lumen at 0.2 divergence angle Uncoated article Before heating 1630 After heating 1120 Coated article Exposed in XW Weatherometer after 10 0 hours 1373 100 hours 1106 500 hours 8~7 1000 hours 950 1500 hours 855 15Florida article Before exposure 931 After 1 year exposure 402 The above data show that the various articles had high brightness, particularly in comparison with commercial varieties of glass-beaded retroreflective sheeting, for example as taughtin U.S. Pat. No. 2,40~,680, which typi-cally exhibit a brightness of 30 candles/lumen. The rela-tively small changes in the brightness of the articles show the dimension stability of the cured plastic.
One hundred kilograms of oligomer product pre-pared as described in Example 15A was diluted with 30%
by weight 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. One percent by weight of a benzoin ether photoinitiator (sold under the trademark "VICURE" 30) was added and blended thoroughly with the diluted oligomer product. The resulting curable mixture was then used to make in a continuous process a continuous sheet (33 cm in width) of contiguous, repli-cated, linear Fresnel lens elements (ca. 30 cm x 30 cm), like that of FIG. 6 using the equipment schematically shown in FIG. 9.
In this operation, a stream of the curable mixture was supplied from source container 31, to a metering pump 32 which passed the curable mixture to ex-trusion die 33. The curable mixture was extruded onto a metal master roll 34 of electroformed nickel, containing on its surface linear Fresnel lens elements pattern 35 having a line frequency o~ 100 lines/inch (39.5 lines/cm).
A cover film 36 of polyethylene terephthalate polyester, passing over rolls 37 and 38 and drawn by windup roll 39, was applied to the top of the layer 41 of curable mixture on the lens pattern 35 and the resulting covered layer passed by a bank of medium pressure mercury arc lamps 42 (made by Radiation Polymer Corp.) at a rate of 10 ft/min.
(3.1 m/min.) and the resulting laminate 43 comprising the contiguous replicated Fresnel lenses was wound as a roll on the windup roll 39. The laminate 43 was removed from the windup roll 39, the polyester sheet stripped from the lens elements, and individual Fresnel lens elements cut therefrom. A focusing array of four such lens elements was mounted in a package and the latter was inserted as a Fresnel lens onto an overhead projector (Model No. 213, manufactured by the 3M Company) and its image projecting quality evaluated by projecting the image from a trans-parency (containing a variable frequency target pattern) _ 99 _ ontoa projection screen at a magnification of about 6X.
The resolving power on the screen was found to be excel-lent, as viewed by the unaided eye at normal viewing dis-tances.
~
A metal video disc master, prepared in a manner like that described in "Optics & Laser Technology", supra, was mounted in a mold cavity designed to hold the master flat. The master contained information (viz., a full-color, 30-minute, sound movie) in the form of 1.5 micron long, 0.75 micron wide, and 0.3 micron high raised areas arranged in radial tracks spaced about 1.5 microns apart. A vacuum degassed sample of the oligomer product of Example 5 (diluted with 30% by weight 2-hydroxyethyl 15 methacrylate and containing 0.75% 2,2-diethoxyaceto-phenone~ was injected by a syringe into the mold, which was covered by an optically ground, smooth glass plate 1/2 inch (0127 cm) in thickness$ leaving a mold cavity 10 mil (0.254 mm) in depth between the master molding surface and the glass plate. The construction was exposed to ultraviolet radiation using the processing equipment used to cure the above-described diffraction grating samples. The resulting replicated video disc, schema-tically shown in FIGS. 7 & 8, was removed from the mold and it exhibited to the unaided eye under visible light a diffracted light pattern like that of the video disc master. The information-bearing surface of the replicated video disc was vapor coated with a thin layer (about 2000 A in thickness)of aluminum to permit reading of the disc ~ 33~9 by reflection. Readout of the information was accomplished by playing the disc on a laser beam player, such as that described in "Spectrum", January, 1975, p. 67.
The reproduction of the movie film was of excel- -lent quality with a high-signal-to-noise ratio. Examination of the replicated video disc with an optical microscope re-vealed that the disc had a total eccentricity (or "out-of-roundness") of less than 0.5 mil (0.013 mm), attesting to the outstanding dimentional stability of the replication.
The video disc was also inverted with the information on the down-side and played on said laser beam player, the laser beam being transmitted through the plastic interior of the disc to the information bearing surface (where modulation occurs), and then reflected back through the plastic inte-rior to the photodiode of the player. In this inverted mode, the reproduction of the movie film was again found to be excellent, attesting to the optical homogenity (viz., freedom from birefrlngence) of the plastic.
The oligomeric composition of Example 7 was also used to make a diffraction grating test sample which was cured with an electron beam processor (sold under the trade-mark "Electrocurtain"), using a 12-inch (30 cm) wide elec-tron beam, a dosage of 5X106 rads, and a nitrogen atmosphere.
- 25 The first order diffraction efficiency of the sample was 22.5% before heating and 21% after heating (at 130C for 1 hour), the change on heating being 6.6%.
Various modifications and alterations of this in-vention will become apparent to those skilled in the art w'thout departing from the scope and spirit of this inven-tion.
2nd Ed., Vol. 8, p. 313 (1965); Roberts, J.D. and M.C. Caserio, "Basic Principals of Organic Chemistry", p. 51~ (1964). These general reactions are thus used to chemically combine "E" moieties with the "H" and "S" segments to form oligomeric compositions of use in the invention. Generally, the combining of the "E", "H" and "S" moieties is carried out in a sequence of steps; however, under some circumstances, it is convenient to carry out the reactions simultaneously and even to form the oligomeric composition in situ during the process of making the replicated plastic articles of this invention, e.g., carrying out the ether-forming addition re-action in situ in the replication mold.
1133ZOS~
Clenerally, the urethane- or urea-forming reactions are carri~d out a~ tenlperatures from 25 to 100C for 10 minutes to several hours or more, sufficient to bring about the reaction.
Pr~ferably, a catalyst such as dibutyltin dilaurate is used to promo~e ~he `reaction. Generalized equations for such reactions in preparing the oligomeric composition used in this invention are illustrated as follows where the precursors of "H", "S" and "E" are denoted by formulas containing such letters as subscripts, the formula containing C as a subscript being a chain extending compound, and g, ~ and y are as defined for formula I:
+~y) R~(NCO)2+(l+~Y)~s( )Y
_ _ yR OH
OCN-RH-NHCOO(RS-OCONH-R~-NHCOO~B RS
~E-OCONH-RH-NHCOO~RS-OCONH-RH-NHCOO ~ ;RS ~1) y(l + ~+g)RH(NC0)2 + (1+ ~y )R ~OH)y + ygR (OH)2 cat~lyst~
~ N-RH-NHCo-40-RC-OCoNH-R~-NHCo) O-~Rs-OCONH-RH-NHCOO~ RS
YREOH
E~;_OCONH-RH-NHCO~O_RC_OCONH_RH_NHCO~ O~Rs-OCONH-RH-NHcoo~ ~RS
y (2) ,.~, ~3Z09 (y+~y)Rs(OH)r ~(l+~y)RH(NCO)y A
1 y~ NCO
EO_RS_OCON~RH-NHCOO_RS_OCONH~ RH ~ ~ ~
LE_NHCOO_RS-OCONH~RH_NHCOO_RS_OCONH ~ R~I (3) (Y+~y)Rs(NH2)y + (l+By)RH(Nco)y a alyst~
[2N-Rs-NHCONH~RHNHCONH-R5_NHCO) ~R~
r LE-NHCONH-Rs-NHCONH~RH-NHCONH-Rs-NHCONH-)~ RH ~4) The ether-forming addition reactions are carried out generally at temperatures of 75 to 150C (or ambient temperatures when carried out in situ in the replication of the plastic articles),preferably in the presence of catalysts such as Lewis acids, e.g., BF3 0(C2H5)2, or Lewis bases, e.g., benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, or photo-active catalysts, such as the aryl iodonium or sulfonium salts described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,081,276, when the re- -action is carried out in situ. Generalized equations for such reactions in preparing the oligomer composition are illustrated as follows:
yRH(-C\-/CH2)2 + Rs(H)y ~ ~ (c\2/CH RH ICHCH2 )y S ( ) :~133~09 RS(OH)2 + 3RH~C~/H2) ~ Y ~ ~CH2/CH~y-RH-CHCH20-Rs-OCH2C~RH (6 . Y
Representative ether-forming condensation re-actions are those between "E" and "S" precursors having active hydrogens with an N-(lower alkoxymethyl) melamine as an "H" precursor, as illustrated by the fol-lowing equations:
4 R H ( C H 3 ) y + 2 R C ( H ) 2 ~ R S ( H ) 2 + 2 R E H Y ~
[~-O-RH(OCH3)--O-RCORH(OCH3) o~l S (7) (l+y)RH( OCH3 ) + YRC ( OH ) 2 + YRS ( OH ) 2 + yREH
10~C RH(0CH3)- O-RS-O~RH (8) Y .
The reactions are promoted with acid catalyst such as p-toluene-sulfonic acid. Generally, temperatures from 60 to 120C for one to three hours or more can be used. The use of reduced pressures to remove volatile lower alkanol is also desirable.
Esterification reactions are illustrated by the fol-lowing equations:
yRH(OH)2 ~ Base (e.g., pyridine) + Rs(OH)y + 2yCOC12 REOH
( Cloco-RH-ooco- ) yRs - HCl ( REOOCO-RH-OOCO- ) yRs ( 9 ) yR (OH) +
H y Y( 2 50)2co~c2H5oH + (C2H50COO-) RH S 2 y(C2H 0)2CO +
( HO -Rs- OCO 0- ) yRH -- 5 ~
yR OH
(C2H50COO-Rs-OC00~3 R E 3, (RE-OCOO-Rs-OCOO-) RH (10) ~RH~OCH2CH-~CH2) + Rs(OH)y catalyst ~2 YR COOH
(CH2-&HCH2-RH-C~I2~cHcH20 )y S
o OTI
(RE-COOCH2 ~CHCH2-RH-CH2CI HCH20- )yRs ( 11 ) OH OH
H 2C~ ,CH2)2 + 2RS(oH)2 C~-tal2st - 2R COOH + catalyst +
OCH2lHCH20 32RH Z1~C
(RE-COO-Rs-OCH2lCHCH20-) RH (12) OH
32(~9 ~ByRH(-OCH2CH-Cl~2)2 + (l+~Y)RS(OH) cat~lyst ;~
_ _ yRECOOH +
(H0-R -OCH CHCH 0-R -) OCH CHCH 0_ S _ H20 y EE F ~ ~ C~I2CHCH2-R~-~ -oci~zc~lcH2o~l s (13) Such esterification reactions require the elimination of a byproduct (water, hydrogen halide, or lower alcohol). Es-terifications are promoted by heating the mixture a~ 50C
to 150C in the presence of a suitable catalyst, e.g., ~oluenesulfonic acid. The use of reduced pressures to remove volatile byproduct is also desirable.
Physical properties, e.g., thermal dimensional stability, o~ the crosslinked polyrner resulting upon curing of said oligomeric composition will be dependent on the crosslink density o~ the polymer. An indication of that crosslink density can be derived by calculating the molecular wei~ht per crosslink based on the monomeric precursor com-~onen~s cr the oligomeric composition. rrhat calculation, for exarnple, in the case of Example 1, infra, is made by sub-tracting the gram moles of the "S" precursor from the gram moles of the "H" precursor, and dividing the difference into the total weight in grams of the monomeric precursor compo-nents in the oligomeric composition, the so-calculated molecular weight per crosslink being 1241. Generally, the calculated molecular weight per crosslink for the ~lymers will be in the range of 400 to 5000, preferably 1000 to 3000 the actual value generally being somewhat higher because of side reactions~ incomplete reactions, etc.
The oligomeric products resulting from the above-illustrated equations (1) to (13) have predonminantly the -~8-structures shown. The oligomeric product of equations (1), (2), (5), (7~ (9~, and (`11~ are encompassed by generic formula I; those of equations (3~, (4), ~10), and (12) by formula LVI, those of equations (6) and (8) by formula LV;
and that of equation (13~ by formula LVII. For example, in the oligomeric product of equation (1), REO-, -CONH-RH-NHC0-, and -O-RS-O- correspond respectively to "E", "Hl', and "S" of formula I where a is 1. And in the oligomeric product of equation ~2), which also falls within the scope of formula I where ~ is also 1, REO- corresponds to "E", -CONH-RH-NHCO~0-RcOCONH-RH-NHCO~ corresponds to the "H"
bonded to ~E", the -CONH-RH-NHC0- moiety bonded to -ORsO-corresponds to the "Ht' bonded to "S", and -ORSO- corresponds to "S".
The oligomer products produced by these reactions often will be highly YiSCous and thus difficult to cast in the replication mold, and in addition may not be capable of producing the necessary crosslink density in the subsequently cured plastic article. Thus, it may be necessary to add to the oligomer product a radiation addition-polymerizable mono-or polyfunctional diluent monomer, e.g., 2-(N-butylcarbamyl) ethylmethacrylate, to lower the viscosity of the casting oligomeric composition and ensure the necessary crosslink density in the plastic article made therefrom, that cross-link density being manifested in a gel swell (determined intetrahydrofuran, as hereinafter described) within the range of 35 to 2QQ wt. %, preferably 80 to 150 wt. %. Generally the amount of diluent monomer used should be less than 50 wt. % of the oligomeric composition (YiZ., oligomers plus diluent monomer), since greater amounts will reduce the con-~3~209 centration of the "H" and "S" segments below that required to provide the desired replicated plastic articles of this inven-tion and will further increase the shrinkage during curing.
The oligomeric compositions (including the diluent monomer where used) and the articles made therefrom have the same amount of "H" segments and the same amount of "S" seg-ments (and consequently the same ratio of these moieties).
Said amount of "H" generally will be an amount in the range of 10 to 80 wt. % (of which amount at least 30 wt. % is due to the carbocyclic and heterocyclic groups), "H'1 preferably being 15 to 60 wt. %, preferably 15 to 45 wt. %, the balance in the oligomeric composition being that attributable to the functional moieties "E" and the diluent monomer from which linking segments or moieties are derived as the balance of the plastic articles. Those plastic articles preferably have moduli over the temperature range of 23 to 120C which fall on or within the boundary A-B-C-D of FIG. 1, which pro-perty is measured by the procedure described in U.S. Pat.
3,853,595 where it is referred to as "storage shear modulus~
G"'. The particular amounts of "H", "S" and "E" in the oli-gomeric composition are such that the crosslinked polymer derived therefrom preferably has such moduli. Said moduli are dependent on the "H" and "S" contents and the crosslink density of the plastic, said crosslink density being mani-fested in gel swell as mentioned above. If a particularoligomer composition has "H", "S" and "E" contents falling within their said ranges and yet the crosslinked polymer de-rived therefrom has a dynamic shear moduli curve which falls in whole or in part above the line A-B of Fi~ 1, indicative of a v~
plastic which may be too rigid for a particular article of this invention, the "H" content of the oligomeric com-position will have to be lowered, e.g., by employing a higher molecular weight ~7S~ precursor or by eliminating or decreasing the amount of chain extender in the preparation of the oligomeric composition, or the crosslink density will have to be lowered by using a higher molecular weight "H" precursor or higher molecular weight "S" precursor. On the other hand, if the dynamic shear moduli falls in whole or part below the line D-C of FIG. 1, indicative of a plastic which may be too flexible for a particular article of this invention, the "H" content of the oligomeric composition will have to be increased, e.g.~ by using a lower molecular weight "S" precursor and/or employing a chain extender together with additional "H" precursor, or the crosslink density will have to be increased by using a lower molecular wt. "H" precursor or "S" precursor or by employing a multi-functional diluent monomer, e.g., 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate.
The proper particular amounts of "H" and "S" and crosslink density for a particular system necessary to provide the preferred dynamic shear moduli defined by A-B-C-D of FIG. 1 can be readily arrived at empirically by varying the above parameters as discussed above. These adjustments of dynamic moduli are based on the generally linear relationship, on a logarithmic basis, between dynamic modulus (or tensile strength) and the amount of "H" in the cured plastic.
The materials which can be used as "H", "S" and "E" precursors in making the oligomeric compositions used in this invention, as well as chain extending agents and catalysts used in their preparation and diluent monomers and radiation or photo sensitizers and initiators incorporated therein, are known materials, many of which are commercially available. An illustrative description of those materials 5 follows below, reference being made to patents and the literature for purposes of brevity.
Polyols which can be used as said "S" precursors include polyester polyols, such as the lactone polyesters described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,169,945 (especially the poly-esters terminated with 2 or more hydroxyl groups formed by - reaction of epsilon-caprolactone and a polyol, polyamine or amine alcohol), the hydroxyl-terminated polyester condensa-tion polymers described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,641,199, the substantially linear, saturated~ hydroxy-terminated poly-esters described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,457,326, the hydroxy-containing polyesters described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,931,117, and the hydroxy-terminated block polymers of polyethers and polyesters described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,960,572. Polyether polyols useful as said "S" precursors include the hydroxy-20 terminated polyether condensation polymers described in U.S. Pat. No, 3,641,199, the substantially linear, saturated hydroxy-terminated polyethers described in U.S. Pat. No.
3,457,326, the polyalkylene ether polyols described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,499,852, 3,697,485, and 3,711,444, and the 25 polyethylene glycols and polypropylene glycols described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,850,770. Polyolefin polyols useful as "S"
precursors include those described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,678,014 and the ~ diols from ethylene described in J. Polymer Science, Part A-l, Vol. 5, p. 2693 (1967). Polysiloxane 30 polyols useful as "S" precursors include the hydroxy-- 52;
-terminated diorgano-polySiloxanes in U.S. Pats. 4,098,742 and 3,886,865, and the siloxanes having a reactive hydroxyl group bonded to at least 2 of its silicon atoms, described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,577,264, 3,976,676, and 4,013,698.
A particularly useful, commercially available class of caprolactone polyols which can be used as "S"
precursors are those sold under the Trademark "NIAX", such as PCP-0200, PCP-0210, PCP-0230 and PCP-0300 (e.g., see technical bulletin F-42464 of Union Carbide Corp.). Other useful commercially available "S" precursors are the poly-oxypropylamines sold under the trademark "Jeffamine", such as D-2000, and silicone polycarbinols sold under the trademark "DOW C0RNING", such as Q4-3667.
Polyisocyanates, especially diisocyanates, which can be used as "H" precursors, include those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,641,199; 3,700,643; 3,819,586; 3,878,036;
3,931,117; 3,960,572; and 4,o65,587. Epoxides which can be used as "H" precursors include diglycidyl ethers of bisphenol A, diglycidyl isophthalate, diglycidyl phthalate, o-glycidyl phenyl glycidyl ether, diglycidyl ethers of resorcinol, triglycidyl ethers of phloroglycinol, triglycidyl ethers of methyl phloroglycinol, diglycidyl phenyl ether and diglycidyl ether of hydrogenated bisphenol A, all of which are described in Appendix 4-1 of "Handbook of Epoxy Resins", by H. Lee and K. Neville, McGraw-Hill Book Company (1967) .
Particularly useful commercially available diisocyanates which can be used as "H" precursors include isophorone diisocyanate sold under the trademark "IPDI"
by Veba-Chemie AG and methylene bis(4-cyclohexylisocyanate) sold under the krademark "Hylene" WS by DuPont.
11;~3Z09 "E" precursors which can be used include the acrylyl compounds described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,700,643, the hydroxy acrylates and methacrylates described in U.S.
Pat. No, 3,577,262 the ethylenically-unsaturated alcohols described in U.S. Pat. No, 3,297,745, the hydroxyalkyl-acrylates and methacrylates described in U.S. Pat. No, - 4,065,587, the ethylenically unsaturated alcohols described in U.S. Pat. No., 3,960,572 and the following epoxides:
butyl glycidyl ether, diglycidyl ether of propylene glycol, diglycidyl ether of butanediol, vinylcycohexene dioxide, mixed isomers of bis (2,3-epoxycyclopentyl)ether, bis(3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexylmethyl) adipate, bis(3,4-epoxy-cyclopentyl~ether, 3,4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexane carboxy-late, para-butylphenol glycidyl ether, limonene dioxide, dicyclopentadiene dioxide and 3,4 epoxy-t-methylcyclo-hexylmethyl-4-epoxy-6-methylcyclohexane carboxylate, all of which epoxides are described by Lee and Nevill, supra.
Chain extenders which can be used in preparing the oligomers used in this invention include the known hydroxy-, carboxy-, amino or mercapto-terminated compounds useful for that purpose (see U.S. Pat. No, 3,448,171.) To promote oligomer-forming reactions, it is generally desirable to utilize a catalyst. Typical examples of such catalysts include compounds containing tertiary amino groups, tin compounds and titanium compounds.
Examples of the preferred tin compounds are dibutyltin dilaurate, dibutylin diethylhexoate, dibutyltin sulfide, dibutyltin dibutoxide, stannous octoate, stannous oleate and stannous chloride. Concentrations of catalyst from about 0.01 to about 0.5 percent and preferably about 0.025 to 0.1 percent by weight of the total weight of 11~3Z09 reactants(exclusive of solvents)can be used.
The diluting monomers are addition-polymerizable monomers, viz., ethylenically unsaturated monomers and vic-epoxy reactive diluents, The diluting monomers contribute to the "H", "S" or "E" content of the oligomeric composition depending on the glass transition temperature, Tg, of a homopolymer of the particular monomer. If the Tg of its homopolymer is above about 350K, the monomer contributes to the "H" content, below about 250K to the "S" content, and 10between about 250K and 350C to the "E" content. The concept of "hard" and "soft" monomers is well known (e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,077,926 and 4,077,932) and has been used to described monomers to be optionally used in adhesive compositions.
15Suitable ethylenically unsaturated diluting monomers and the glass transition temperature of their homo-polymers are well known in polymer chemistry literature, e.g., Brandrup and Immergut, Polymer Handbook, III - 61 to 73, Interscience Publishers (1967). Examples of the "hard"
monomers(and the Tg of their homopolymers) are isobornyl acrylate (367K), methyl methacrylate (378K), cyclohexyl chloroacrylate (372K), 2-chlorostyrene (392K), 2,4-dichlorostyrene~406K), styrene (373K), acrylic acid (360K) acrylamide, acrylonitile (393K) and methacrylonitrile (393K). Examples of the "soft" monomers(and the Tg of their homopolymers) are butyl acrylate (218K), ethyl acrylate (249K), 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (223K), dodecyl methacrylate (208K), and 4-decylstyrene (208K). Examples of diluting monomers which contribute to neither the "hard"
;3~(~9 content nor to the "so~t" content but become incorporated into the linking segments (and the T of their homopolymers) - are 4-cyclohexyl-1-butene (313K), l-dodecene (267K), t-butyl acrylate (251K), cyclohexyl acrylate (289K), dodecyl acrylate (270K), isopropyl acrylate (270K), methyl acry-late (279K), butyl methacrylate (293K), 4-butoxystyrene (320K), 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate (304K) and 2-(N-ethylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate. Polyethylenically unsaturated monomers also become incorporated into the linking segments and are used in small quantities to reduce the molecular weight of the cured oligomeric composition per crosslink. Typical of such compounds are 1,4-butylene dimethacrylate or acrylate, ethylene dimethacrylate or acrylate, trimethylolpropane di- or tri- acrylate, glyceryl diacrylate or methacrylate, glyceryl triacrylate or methacy-late, glycidyl acrylate or methacrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate or trimethacrylate, diallyl phthalate, 2,2-bis(4-methacryloxyphenyl~-propane, diallyl adipate di(2-acryloxyethyl)ether, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, neopentylglycol triacrylate, polypropylene glycol diacrylate or dimethacrylate, and 1,3,5-tri-(2-methacryloxyethyl)-s-triazine.
Diluting epoxy-reactive monomers include phenyl glycidyl ether, 4-vinylcyclohexene dioxide, limonene dioxide, 4-vinyl-cyclohexene oxide, 1,2-cyclohexene oxide, glycidyl acrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, and styrene oxide.
Suitable addition-polymerization catalysts for use in the oligomeric compositions wherein the addition-polymerizable group is an ethylenically unsaturated group as represented in formula II, viz., acrylic or olefinic, are .
catalysts which liberate or generate a free-radical on addition of energy. Such catalysts are well known and are described frequently in polymerization art, e.g., Chapter II of "Photochemistry" by Calvert and Pitts, John Wiley ~ Sons (1966). Included among free-radical catalysts are the conventional heat activated catalystssuch as organic per-oxides and organic hydroperoxides; examples are benzoyl peroxide, tertiary-butyl perbenzoate, cumene hydroperoxide, azobis (isobutyronitrile) and the like. The preferred catalysts are photopolymerization initiators which, when used in an addition-polymerizable group-containing com-position, facilitate polymerization when the composition is irradiated. Included among such initiators are acyloin and derivatives thereof, such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, and ~-methylbenzoin; diketones such as benzil and diacetyl, etc.; organic sulfides such as diphenyl mono-sulfideS diphenyl disulfide, decyl phenyl sulfide, and tetramethylthiuram monosulfide; S-acyl dithiocarbamates, such as S-benzoyl-N,N-dimethyldithiocarbamate; phenones such as acetophenone, ~ tribromacetophenone, ~,~-diethoxy-acetophenone, o-nitro-~ -tribromoacetophenone, benzo-phenone, and p,p'-tetramethyldiaminobenzophenone; sulfonyl halides such as p-toluenesulfonyl chloride, l-naphthalene-sulfonyl chloride, 2-naphthalenesulfonyl chloride, 1,3-benzenedisulfonyl chloride, 2,4-dinitrobenzenesulfonyl bromide and p-acetamidobenzenesulfonyl chloride. Normally, the initiator is used in amounts ranging from about 0.01 to 5% by weight of the total oligomeric composition. When 3 the quantity is less than 0.01% by weight, the photo-~13~209 polymerization rate becomes extremely low, If the initiator is used in excess of 5% by weight, no corres-pondingly improved effect can be expected. Thus, addi-tion of such greater quantity is economically unjustified.
Preferably, about 0.25 to 1.0% of initiator is used in the oligomeric compositions.
For those oligomeric compositions in which the radiation sensitive addition-pol-ymerizable, functional group-containing moiety is an epoxy group as represented in formulas III or IV, any catalyst can be used which liberates or generates a cationic polymerization catalyst upon exposure to radiation. These catalysts are onium salts that are well known in the art of polymerization, e.g., U.S. Pat.
No. 3,826,650 in which it is taught that photosensitive latent curing agents classified as aromatic diazonium salts of a complex anion, e.g., hexafluoroantimonate, and the like are used for photopolymerizing epoxy monomers, and U.S. Pat. No. 4,081,276 in which it is taught that photo-initiators capable of releasing a cationic polymerization catalyst upon exposure to radiant energy are aromatic halonium, aromatic Group Va onium, and aromatic Group VIa onium salts of complex anions and are suitable for forming an image on a substrate. The preferred catalyst for poly-merizing the oligomeric compositions of the invention in which the addition-polymerizable functional group-containing moiety is an epoxy group are aromatic iodonium or sulfonium salts of complex anions selected from tetrafluoroborate, hexafluorophosphate, hexachloroantimonate, and hexafluoroanti-monate. Examples of such salts include diphenyliodonium ~ ~t, 1~33~09 hexafluorophosphate, diphenyliodonium hexafluoroantlmonate, triphenylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate, and triphenyl hexafluoroantimonate. Other preferred aromatic onium salt photoinitiators are the aromatic iodonium and sul-fonium salts of fluoroaliphatic sulfonic acid and the bis(fluoroaliphaticsulfonyl)methanes that are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No, 4,049,861.
In making a particular shaped plastic article of this invention for a specific application, economic considerations will influence what particular oligomeric composition or compositions and what mode of preparation thereof should be used for that purpose. ~or example, in making retroreflective cube corner sheeting for use as highway traffic control markers where such requirements as resistance to weathering and high impact strength are essential, urethane-containing oligomeric compositions preferably would be selected, such as those within the scope of formulas I or LV, the urethane linkage imparting stability to the sheeting upon its exposure to light, heat and moisture, and the mode selected for making such oli-gomeric composition advantageously being that of aforesaid equation (2) because, for example, it involves only two reaction steps and results in an oligomeric product with a relatively high content of "H" segments~ necessary for satisfying the high impact strength requirement of the sheeting, and because equation (2) permits the use of hydroxy-acrylates, such as 2-hydroxyethylmethacrylate, cycloali-phatic po].yisocyanates, such as isophorone dii$ocyanate, and polyester polyols~ such as polycaprolactone diols, these three types of reactants being commercially avail-able raw materials which will augment that of the urethane linkage in providing the desired degree of weatherability.
As another example, in making flexible video discs, where high abrasion resistance and optical trans-parency are important, urethane-containing oligomeric com-positions preferably would be selected, such as those . .
i~ ..~
falling within the scope of formulas I or L,V, the urethane linhage imparting abrasion resistance to the disc, and the mode selected for making such oligomeric composition ad-vantageously being that of aforesaid equation (1) because, for example, of its limited number of reactions and its amenability to use of reactants which are commercially available and which impart to the disc requisite flexibility, high optical transparency, and low haze; such reactants are cycloaliphatic polyisocyanates, such as isophorone diisocyanate, polyester or polyether polyols, such as poly-caprolactone or polytetramethylene glycol, and hydroxyacrylates, which also are commercially available and which also impart to the oligomeric composition the property of fast radiation curability.
As still another example, in making ~resnel lenses where high optical transparency is important for image pro-jection and high focusing efficiency is important for solar heat concentration, urethane--containing or aromatic car-bonate-containing oligomeric compositions preferably would be selected, such as those within the scope of formulas I
or LV, the urethane linkage imparting stability to light and heat and the aromatic carbonate moiety imparting high refractive index and concomittant low chromatic aberration, and the mode selected for making said urethane-containing oligomeric compositions advantageously being that of equations (1) and (2) and the mode for making said carbonate-containing oligomeric compositions advantageously being the aforesaid equations (9) or (10), said equations (]), (2), (9) and (10) entailing a limited number of reactions and being amenable to use of commercially available materials as reactants for imparting the requisite properties to the plastic articles. In the case of projection lenses and solar collectors, said reactants can be isophorone diiso-cyanate, polycaprolactone polyols, and hydroxyacrylates.
The shaped plastic articles of this inventionare typically prepared by pouring or filling a mold master with the oligomeric composition, exposing the resulting cast composition to actinic radiation to rapidly cure the same, and removing from said mold master the resulting shaped plastic article which comprises crosslinked plastic and has a surface bearing microstructure replicated from the mold master.
The particular mold master used in replication will depend on the type of shaped article to be made. For purposes of making optical lenses, e.g., ophthalmic lens blanks, having a surface with an optical finish, the mold master can be made of transparent (e.g., "Pyrex") glass, such masters being commercially available. For purposes of making diffraction gratings,e.g., spectral filters, light collectors, and decorating decals, the mold master can be made of metal with the diffraction pattern thereon made by mechanical ruling or holographically, such dif-fraction grating masters being commercially available, e.g., see the "Diffraction Grating Catalog~' (1974), of PTR Optics Corp., Waltham, Mass., and Bulletins ACA
1004-1-1270 and ACA 1006-1-1-270 of Angenieux Corp. of America, Oceanside, N.Y.
- - ~2 -~133Z(~9 For cube-corner sheeting, linear Fresnel lenses, and other shaped plastic articles having raised or lndented microstructure-bearing surfaces, mold masters can be used which are made of plastic, e.g., acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene, or preferably (for mass production of such repli-cated articles~ made of metal fabricated directly from a suitable metal by engraving, hobbing, assembling as a bundle a plurality of metal parts machined in the desired configu-ration, or other mechanical means or by electroforming, e.g., see "Encyclopedia of Polymer Science & Technology", ol. 8, p. 651 (1968), and "Principles of Electroplating and Electroforming", W. Blum and G. B. Hogaboom, 3rd Ed.
McGraw-Hill Co., Inc., Chap. VIII (1949), and U.S. Pat. No.
3,689,346.
Where the microstructure to be replicated can be initially formed by machining originals made of plastics which are difficult to wet, such as commercially available acrylic resins, e.g, that sold under the trademark "LUCITE", electroformed metal mold masters can be formed from such 2a machined originals and used to make shaped plastic articles ~uch as the diffraction gratings, Fresnel lenses and retroreflective sheeting described in the working examples of this specification) by treating the machined plastic surface to render it wettable and sensitized (for example, by the treatment described in U.S. Pat. No. 37666,527), rendering the surface conductive by simultaneous contact, ~133Z09 using a two-nozzle spray gun, with an ammonical silver salt solution, and a reducing agent, such as formaldehyde or dextrose, plating or electroforming nickel on the silver-coated surface from a commercially available nickel bath, and separating the resulting metal layer from the plastic original, thus generating a metal mas-ter which can be used for replicating said shaped plas-tic articles or from which second and third generation electroformed nickel copies can be made as required to provide a tooling supply for replicating said shaped plastic articles. Where the microstructure to be repli-cated can not be initially machined on a plastic original for purposes of making masters used in replicating such articles as the video disc described hereinafter in a working example of this specification, mold masters fabricated by photoresist techniques can be used, e.g., see the journal articles in "Science", Vol. 196, No.
4293, p. 945 (1977), and "Optics and Laser Technology"
August, 1977, p. 169.
The cast, curable oligomeric composition can be cured by exposure to actinic radiation, viZ., ionizing or non-ionizing radiation, a curing technique well-known ~133209 and widely-used in the art of radiation addition polymeri-zation (e.g., see U.S.Pat. No. 3,700,643). Typically, ultraviolet radiation produced by such sources as mercury arcs, sunlamps, or xenon lamps, with UV radiation primarily in the regions of about 2000 to 4000A,will be most useful.
Ionizing radiation produced by electron accelerators, e.g., continuous filament or swept beam accelerators, can be - used, wherein the electrons are provided with the kinetic energy derived from acceleration through a field varying from 150 kilovolts up to as high as 4000 kilovolts. Useful radiation dosage required to complete the curing will vary, depending on the particular oligomeric composition used, its molecular weight and the crosslinking density desired;
for ultraviolet radiation, a useful dosage will generally be in the range of 0.1 to 100 joules per square centimeter exposed and for ionizing radiation, such as electron beam, a useful dosage will be 5 x 103 rads to 107 rads. Normally the exposure is carried out at or near room temperature and atmospheric pressure. An inert atmosphere, such as nitrogen or carbon dioxide gases, may be desired in curing some oligomeric compositions, viz.~ those relying on free-radical curing mechanisms, e.g., acrylate-, or methacrylate-terminated oligomers. Radiation processing equipment use-ful in the practice of this invention is commercially available, e.g., untraviolet lamp systems sold by Radiation Polymer Corp., Plainfield, Illinois, and Fusion Systems Corp., Greenbelt, Maryland, and ionizing radiation systems sold by Energy Sciences, Inc., Burlington, Mass. and Radiation Dynamics, Inc., Long Island, N.Y. (Although the radiation used in curing the oligomeric composition has li33Z09 been described in detail herein as being actinic radiation, thermal radiation can be used, e.g., 50 to 150C for 5 min to several hours depending on the oligomeric composition and catalyst used; thermal radiation is not preferred because it is more time-consuming, requires more energy, and is not as controllable as actinic radiation).
Following radiation of the cast composition (ac-tinic radiation effects complete curing in 1/2 to 5 seconds generally), the cured, shaped plastic article is readily separated or removed from the mold master. Mold release agents may be used, though generally they are not required. Depending on the particular shaped plastic article made and the nature of the mold master, the mold master can be repeatedly used for replication done on a continuous mass production basis.
In selecting an oligomeric composition for use in preparing a particular shaped article, it has been found useful to prepare a transmissive diffraction grating test sample from the composition. Such sample can be used 2Q to measure replicating fidelity capability of the oligomeric composition and the thermal dimensional stability capa-bility of the oligomeric composition. FIG. 2 schemati-cally illustrates a replicated diffraction grating useful as a test sample, the preparation and testing of which is described hereinafter. The test measures the first order diffraction efficiency of both the master grating and replicated test sample, the efficiency of which is related to the depth of the grooves. A comparison of the effi-ciency of the replica~ed test sample to that of the master ~1~3Z09 grating determines the fidelity of replications. Generally the oligomeric composition of this invention will give dif-fraction grating test samples having a replicated efficiency of at least 85% of that of the master grating. For some particular shaped articles, the replication efficiency must be significantly greater than 85% (for example, for repli-cated video discs, the replication efficiency must approacn at least 99%) and for such articles an oligomeric composi-tion must be selected which will produce a diffraction grat-ing test sample having such replication efficiency. Repli-cation efficiency will be dependent on the degree of shrink-age of the diffraction grating test sample; the greater the shrinkage, the lower the replication fidelity. Shrinkage in turn is dependent on the number of double bonds present in the oligomeric composition per unit weight thereof, and gen-erally the greater such number of double bonds, the greater the degree of shrinkage. For acrylate- or methacrylate-ter-minated oligomers, the shrinkage will be about 20 cc/gram mole of double bonds, and this shrinkage factor can be used as a guide in selecting an oligomeric composition necessary to yield the desired replication efficiency.
Generally, the oligomeric compositions will yield diffraction grating test samples which have high thermal di-mentional stability. For example, generally when said test samples are heated in air in a programmed manner from 23 to 170C, the first order diffraction efficiency is practically constant over these temperatures. ~By contrast, the first order diffraction efficiency of comparative diffraction grat-ing test samples made of poly(methyl methacrylate~, polyvinyl chloride, cellulose acetate butyrate, and polyethylene tere-phthalate dropped rapidly or precipitously to zero when the ..~,~
~,5;?
temperature reached about 70 to 115C). The change in first order diffraction efficiency of diffraction grating test samples of the oligomeric compositions of this invention upon heating at 130C in air for 1 hour is less than 15%, as compared to the first order diffraction efficiency before heating. Generally, the higher the weight ratio of "H" to "S" in the oligomeric composition, and the lower the mole-cular weight between crosslinks in the shaped article pro-duced therefrom, the greater the thermal dimensional sta-bility, i.e., the smaller the change in first order diffrac-tion efficiency upon heating.
Some of the shaped articles of this invention will require higher thermal dimensional stability than others, viz., a change in first order diffraction efficiency on heating at 130 of less than 5%. For example, replicated cube-corner sheeting, the use of which exposes it to elevated temperatures, e.g., on a road sign heated by the sun in Arizona, will require a high thermal dimensional stability, whereas a replicated video disc, played at room temperature, will not require high thermal dimensional stability.
In addition to the preparation of diffraction grating test samples, it has been found useful to prepare cured, self-supporting film samples (with planar surfaces) of the oligomeric composition and measure the tensile strength, elastic modulus, elongation-to-break, and dyna-mic shear moduli of the film samples, the preparation and testing of which is described elsewhere herein. The values of these measurements will be factors to consider in selecting an oligomer composition for fabrication of a particular shaped plastic article therefrom. For example, a replicated video disc which may have to be relatively limp (or "floppy") for playing on a particular type of player, would be prepared from oligomeric compositions which yield test film samples having relatively low elas-tic modulus and dynamic shear moduli and relatively highelongation. In contrast,a rigid or stiff replicated Fresnel lens, used for projection of images, would be prepared from oligomeric compositionswhich yield test film samples having relatively high elastic modulus and dynamic shear moduli, and relatively low elongation. The test film samples can also be measured for optical properties as an aid in selection of an oligomeric composition for prepara-tion of replicated shaped plastic articles used for optical purposes, e.g., where it is necessary to satisfy require-ments of high transmission (i.e., at least 90%) and lowhaze (i.e., less than 5%, preferably less than 2%).
FIGS. 3 and 4 schematically illustrate a portion of a typical replicated cube-corner retroreflective sheet 1 made in accordance with this invention. The geometry or configuration of this type of article is described, ~133Z09 for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 3,810,804. Reference 2 generally designates one of the minute cube corner elements or formations disposed in an array on one side of the sheeting 1. Each element 2 has the shape of a trihedral prism with three exposed planar faces, substantially perpendicular to one another, with the apex of the prism vertically aligned with the center of the base. The angle between the faces is the same for each cube-corner element in the array, and will be about ~0. Said angle can slightly deviate from 90 by design, i.e., the angle will be dependent upon the particular application of the sheeting, as is well-known. For example, in the United States, state governments generally specify maximum brightness of retro-reflective traffic control markers at from 0.2 to 2 divergence (or observational) angles, thus dictating a spe-cific angle between the faces of the cube-corner elements in the marker. The cube corner elements 2 in sheet 1 are all of the same dimensions and are aligned in an array or pattern of rows and columns,the bases being in the same plane,and adjacent elements being contiguous at the edges of their bases such that there is no spacing or flat areas between adjacent elements. The cube-corner elements 2 surmount a body portion 3, the lower surface of which is smooth or planar, the body portion being preferably inte-gral with elements, the sheeting thus being monolithic.Generally, each cube-corner element 2 has a side edge dimension up to 0.025 inch (0.635 mm~ preferably less than 0.010 inch (0.254 mm). The body portion 3 is suffi-ciently thick to render the sheeting self-supporting and 3o tough so as to maintain the integrity of the array of cube-corner elements 2. Generally, the body portion will be 0. 002 to 0.030 inch (.o5 to .075 rnm), preferably 0.003 to 0.010 inch (0. 075 to 0. 25 mm).
In the application o~ such cube-corner sheeting 5 as a highway traffic control marker, it will be desirable to seal air spaces between the faces of the cube-corner elements with a sealing film placed over the top of the elements, e.g., in the manner described in ~.S. Pat. No.
4,025,159, and coat the exposed surface of the film with a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition which is dried and adhered to a rigid sheet, e.g., aluminum, which forms a base for theresulting marker. The exposed lower surface 8 of the body portion 3 of the cube-corner sheeting 1 may be first selectively coated with transparent ink layers 15 to provide the desired traffic control message, e.g., "STOP", and then coated with a top coat to protect the message, e.g., against weathering.
The principle of operation of retroreflective cube corner structures is well known, e.g., see J. Optical Society of America, Vol. 48, No. 7, July, 1958, p. 496.
That principle is in essence illustrated by FIG. 5.
Referring to that figure, in which a single cube corner element 2 is shown schematically with two of its faces 6, 7 being substantially perpendicular to one another, as shown by the angle 90 + ~, and the body portion 3 having an exposed lower surface 8. An incident ray of light I
enters the element 2 upon striking surface 8 in a direction perpendicular thereto, passes through the body portion 3, strikes face 6, iS reflected to the other faces, is 3o reflected from the latter and passes out of the element as reflected ray I'. Perfect retroreflection of incident ray I for the particular element shown in FIG. 5 would result in the reflected ray passing out the element in a path, shown by the broken line, exactly parallel to the path of the incident ray. The deviation between the path of perfect reflection and the actual path, I', is shown by the divergence angle ~, which will be 0.2 to 2 in the case where state governments specify the same as described above. In order to obtain and maintain the desired specified divergence angles, the desired dimensions and angles of the cube-corner elements must be obtained and maintained within very narrow limits. For exam le, as described by J. Optical Society of America, supra, for a plastic having an index of refraction of 1.5 (typical for the plastics comprising the shaped articles of this in-vention, said plastics generally having an index of 1.48 to 1.6), the divergence angle ~ can be expressed by the equa-tion ~ = 4.9 ~, and thus when ~ is 0.2, 4 is 0.041 or 6.8 minutes of arc, which is an exceedingly small angle. If the angles between the faces of a replicated cube-corner element cannot be controlled and maintained, e.g., because of shrinkage, distortion upon removal from the mold, or of thermal distortion, the efficiency of retroreflection will be affected. Even a slight lack of control and maintenance f the angle can significantly adversely affect the effi-ciency. Rigid, high elastic modulus plastics, such as poly (methyl methacrylate), have thus been resorted to in the art, however, such plastics are brittle and have low heat distortion resistance. In contrast, the desired angles of the plastic cube corner elements made in accordance with ~33209 this invention are controlled and maintained even at ele-vated temperatures, and the elements are flexible, articles with such elements being of wide application, e.g., where high impact strength is desired or required, as in the case of highway "STOP" signs. Additionally, the retroreflective cube-corner sheeting of this invention can be made with initial high brightness capability, e.g., at least 600 candles/lumen at 0.2 divergence angle.
FIG. 4A illustrates the combination of the repli-cated cube-corner retroreflective sheet 1 of FIGS. 3, 4 with ! a retroreflective beaded sheet 14, this type of construction being described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,025,159, as a combination cube-corner exposed-lens product of the general type de-scribed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,140,340. Sheet 14 comprises a layer 15 of binder material, a monolayer of transparent glass microspheres 16 partially embedded in the binder material, and specular reflective material 17 underlying and in optical connection with the embedded surface of the microspheres.
The points of contact between the apices of cube-corner elements 2 and microspheres 16 can be bonded asshown in FIG. 4A and as taught in U.S. Pat. No. 4,025,159, forming hermetically sealed cells or pockets 18, or the sheets 1 and 14 can be spaced apart as taught in U.S. Pat.
No. 3,140,340, forming an air gap which provides a prism-air interface. In this construction, light rays escaping from the cube-corner sheet 1 are reflected back from beaded sheet 14, thereby providing wide angularity and divergence of re-troreflection.
Other articles of this invention are echelon or Fresnel lenses, such as those with configurations described 11 3 3~o~9 in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,334,958, 3,972,593, 3,511,563, and 4,082,433, and used, for exampleg in overhead projectors.
FIG. 6 illustrates a plurality of one type of such lens 9, viz., linear Fresnel lenses (fabricated in accordance with 5 this invention, as shown herebelow) in the form of a continuous sheet 10 of contiguous replicated plastic lenses, which sheet can be cut to separate the individual lenses. The flexibility and dimensional stability of the Fresnel lens made in accordance with this invention makes them useful in a wide field of application, such as decorative mouldings, e.g., automobile moulding, described in U.S. Pat. No. 3,908,056.
As mentioned hereinbefore, rep]icated shaped plastic articles can be fabricated in accordance with 15 this invention for purposes of information processing and transmission. FIGS. 7 and 8 illustrate an example of such articles, namely a video disc 11 (the fabrication of which is exemplified hereinafter) having spirally arranged tracks 12 each of which is made up of circumferentially-20 spaced, minute depressions or holes commonly called"micropits", with lengths, for example, about 1. 2 ~, widths about 0. 75 ~m, and depths about 0. 3 ~m, and which are circumferentially spaced, for example 1. 5 ~m, the variations of said lengths and spacings depending on 25 the frequency of the carrier signals which are re-corded on the disc, articles of this type being described in Optics & Laser Technology, supra. (Alternatively, the information on the video disc can be in spiral grooves with the video information appearing on the bottom and wall regions of the grooves in the form of geometric or topographical variations, as described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,795,534 and 3,882,214.) The high repli-cation fidelity capability of this invention is particularly well-suited to fabrication of the above-described replicated video discs.
Objects and advantages of this invention are illustrated in the following examples thereof. In these examples, the parts referred to are parts by weight and the percents referred to are percents by weight. In all runs in which the addition polymerizable oligomer products were synthesized, a dry air atmosphere was maintained during the course of reaction. The cured film test samples used for measuring physical properties were made by mixing 100 parts of the oligomer product (or oligomer product diluted with diluent monomer) with 0.5 part 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone photoinitiator, vacuum degassing the resulting mixture to remove entrapped air, and casting the mixture to a thickness of 250 microns (using a flat-bed knife coater) between two sheets of 125_micron thick polyethylene terephthalate polyester, thereby forming a "sandwich" assembly. Using a laboratory ultraviolet processor (viz., a "QC Processor", manufactured by Radiation Polymer Corp.), the "sandwich" assembly was passed six times on a moving belt conveyor moving at 15 m per minute under a bank of two medium pressure mercury vapor arc lamps operating at 80 watts/cm of length. The conveyor was spaced at a distance of 10 cm from the lamps.
At the completion of the curing process, the cast mixture cured to a solid film of crosslinked polymer between the 1~33209 polyester sheets, which were then stripped from the polymer film and physical properties of the film were then tested.
The replicated diffraction grating test sam~
ples (used for measuring replicated fidelity and thermal dimensional stability) were made in the following examples by using a high frequency holographic metal mold diffrac-tion grating master, having 867.7 line pairs per milli-meter. This master was coated (by a flat-bed knife coater) with a 375-micron thick layer of the oligomer product (or oligomer product diluted with diluent monomer), to which 0.5 percent 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone had been added. A poly-ethylene terephthalate polyester film (125-micron thick) was placed as a cover sheet over the layer of curable oligomer material and the resulting construction was cured with said l'QC Processor" by placing it on a conveyor moving at 15 metersper minute under two medium pressure mercury vapor lamps operating at 80 watts per cm of length.
A distance between the lamps and the oligomer surface of 10 cm was maintained. After six passes under the lamps, polymerization of the oligomer product was complete. The polyester cover sheet was stripped off and the layer of polymerized product (a replicated diffraction grating) was separated from the master and used as a test sample. The first order diffraction efficiency of the test sample was measured by the procedure described by Beesley et al in J. Applied Optics, Vol. 9~ No. 12, Dec. 1970, p. 2720, and the diffraction efficiency of the test sample was cal-culated. The test sample was then placed in a forced air circulating oven at 130C for one hour. After this heat ~ 75 -treatment, the f`irst order diffraction efficiency was again measured and the percent difference from the original value was taken as the measure of the resistance of the test sam-ple to thermal distortion.
The diffracting grating test samples were also used to determine the gel swell of the crosslinked polymers as an indication of the degree of crosslinking thereof (al-though the gel swell of the cured film samples could also have been used for this purpose). The gel swell was deter-mined by immersing a sample portion of known weight, Wl (about 0.5 g), of the diffraction grating test sample in 25 ml tetrahydrofuran solvent (analytical reagent grade) for 24 hours at about 23C, removing the resulting swelled sample portion, wiping or padded off the adhering film of solvent from the sample portion and quickly determining its weight, W2. The used solvent was evaporated to dryness and the weight, W3, of the dried residue (the solubilized frac-tion of the sample portion) was determined. The weight percent gel swell of the tested crosslinked polymer was calculated by the formula:
W - W
gel swell = 3 X 100 Wl The lower the percent gel swell, the greater the degree of crosslinking (see "Encyclopedia of Polymer Technology", Vol. 4, p. 63-65, published by Interscience Pub. (1966)).
Into a 4-liter metal reactor, immersed in an oil bath and equipped with a propeller agitator, thermo-meter, addition funnel, and dry air sparger extending into the reactor through the lid thereof, there were charged 667g (3 moles) isophorone diisocyanate ("IPDI") and 0.05 g stannous chloride. When the diisocyanate reached 70C, there was then added from the addition funnel 795 g (1.5 moles) warm polycaprolactone diol ("NIAX" PCP 0200) while agitating the reactor contents and maintaining the same at about 70C. The resulting mixture was agitated for 13 hours at 70C to prepare the isocyanate-terminated, polycaprolactone urethane prepolymer after which 400 g (3.05 moles) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was added over a 3.5-hour period. The resulting condensation reaction was allowed to proceed for 13 hours at 70C until inspection of withdrawn samples by infrared analysis revealed that essentially no residual isocyanate was present in the reaction mixture.
Infrared analysis verified that the resulting oligomer product comprised acrylate-capped polycaprolactone ure-thane oligomer having essentially the structure shown by formula XVII. This oligomer product had a calculated composition of 35.8% "H" segments, 43.0% "S" segments~
and 21.2% addition polymerizable groups.
Cured film and replicated diffraction grating test samples were prepared from the oligomer product and the properties of these articles were measured and the 1~33Z09 amounts of the various segments and crosslink density of the cured oligomer product were calculated. The results were tabulated in TABLE III together with the results obtained for film and diffraction grating test samples prepared from the oligomer product diluted with various amounts of diluent monomer.
~ ~ O '~ 0 u~ .p td ~i ~ ~ ~ O O~
a I a~
. ~ ~ ~ o o .,1 ~ h ~1 ~ ~1 h q~ cd I I P1 ~ ~ I
X C~J
~ CU ~ ~ ~ 0 E~ ~ ~ ^
O ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ O
O q~ G~ C~ ~ ~ rl O ~ O c~
+~- cC ~ ,,, ~ 00 C\J
.~ ~ F~
qt ~ ~
q~ h C~ ~O ~ a~ ~O ~)~ ~ ~ ~ rd ~ ~0 ~ t~ O ^ O O ^ O ~
:q c~ cu c~ 0 o o X ^
~1 ~1 ~O ~O C\J C~
oo C~
~1 ~~1 ~ ~
Wl o~ R O O O +~
~ ~ o^ ~
bD ~ O~ ~ ~O ~
~ C~ O O ~ O O
u7 ~1 ~ U~ CU U~ ~ ~ ~ ~ CU ~ o cq r~
h ~ c~ ~Q ,Q
a~ ~ ~1 ~ o o s~ d ^o H O q~ tO ~ O O o o g o ~ ~ X ~ r') 5 I h td ~ cr~ O ~) Ir~~ H H ~3 Pl ~ ~1 0 O~ O u\ ~ ~ ~ ~ +~
~ ~ 1~ ~ O ~ ~ ~
Cl~ O C) O ~ I C~ rl ~ ~
E~ ~1 ~ ~1 W
P~ O ~ ~ O O O O O O I ~ O
F~ ~ ~ ~ h rl P~ E~ ~ a~ O
~ c)a~ P~ rJ
~ ~ ~0 ~
~ ~ X O
C CU O O~ ~O U~
~ rl ~q ~i ~ ~ O ~ ~O X ~
CU ~ O ~ p, ~~, o~ ~ ~
o ~ ~ o ~ ,~ oo ~ a~ ~d _ ~ . . r1 a)-,~ q~ ~ ~ o ~ ~ c~l ~o ~ x ~ O O _ ~ ~ ~ ~ $, 3 ~ ~ ~ o ~
g g = CD ~ ~1 O~ ~ . O ~ ~ ~1 ~^
~3 u~ ~ ~ ~ ~O ~ 0 c~ = ~1 N Ir~ HrJIr I UJh ~1 H
~ ~d a) c) rl X q~
~0~ ~ X ~ ~ O
~ ~-,~ cO O
~ ~ ~- O ~;
O O O O O O ~ M;) X ~
rd C\l (Y~ 0 ~ 0~ Cl) rl N ~1 ~ Il~ ~O
1~33Z09 The data of TABLE III show that dimensional stability (as manifested by the change in diffraction efficiency on heating) in the replicated articles is dependent on the amount of diluent monomer used due ; 5 to its effects on the amounts of the different types of segments and on the crosslink density. Though the "H"/"S" ratios in these examples all were o.83 (except in Example 3, where the ratio was 1.83), as the amount of "linking" segments and the molecular weight (MW) between crosslinks increased, the replicated articles had less dimensional stabllity. Thus, where a parti-cular dimensional stability value is desired, for this particular plastic system, a particular amount of diluent monomer should be used, too much diluent monomer resulting in poor dimensional stability; for example, when 80% diluent monomer was used, the replicated article stuck to the mold because the shrinkage occurring upon curing caused the microstructure to mechanically "lock" onto the mold surface. For some applications of this system, for example a Fresnel lens to be used indoors at ambient temperature, a loss of dimensional stability of the magnitude shown in Examples 5 and 6 might be in acceptable limits, but for other appli-cations, such as cube corner retroreflective sheeting, such losses will be unacceptable and the plastics of Examples 1-3 would be used.
Using the equipment of Example 1, there were added to the reactor 572.4 g (1. o6 moles) polycaprolactone triol ("NIAX" PCP 0300), 334.8 g (1.56 moles) 2-(N-butyl-carbamyl)-ethyl methacrylate as a diluent monomer, 573.3 g (4.41 moles) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and o.36 g dibutyltin dilaurate, and the contents of the reactor were mixed at 60C until homogeneous. Then there was added 900 g (3.43 moles) of methylene bis(4-cyclohexylisocyanate) ("Hylene" WS) over a two-hour period with precaution taken to maintain the temperature below about 75C. After the addition was complete, the resulting mixture was allowed to react further for 12 hours at 70C,at the end of which time inspection of the infrared spectra of withdrawn samples of the resulting product showed it did not contain isocyanate, indicating complete reaction. Infrared analysis verified that the resulting oligomer product comprised acrylate-capped, polyester urethane oligomer (excluding the diluent monomer) having essentially the structure of formula XXX. The oligomer product had a calculated com-position of 37.8% "H" segments, 24.0%"S" segments, and 38.2%linking groups.
The oligomer product was diluted with 334.8 g (1.56 moles) 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate to provide a 70% solution of the oligomer product for pre-paration of cured film and diffraction grating test samples, the composition and properties of which are set forth in TABLE IV.
Into a l-liter metal reactor, equipped as described in Example 1, were charged 200 g (0.083 mole) poly(dimethylsiloxane)triol silicone fluid ("Dow Corning" Q4-3557), 210 g (1.60 moles) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, and 0.3 g of dibutyltin dilaurate. The mixture was heated to 65C and 220 g (0.99 mole) isophorone diisocyanate ("IPDI") was added over a two-hour period. The reaction was complete in 16 hours as determined by infrared analysis for isocyanate. The resulting acrylate-capped polysiloxane urethane oligomer product had a structure essentially that of formula XXI.
Eighty parts of the oligomer product was diluted with 20 parts 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate diluent monomer and the diluted oligomer product was cured to form film and diffraction grating test samples, the properties of which are set forth in TABLE IV.
Into a l-liter reactor, equipped as described in Example 1, were charged 142 g (o.64 mole) isophorone diisocyanate ("IPDI") and 0.1 g of dibutyltin dilaurate.
Next, 200 g (0.32 mole) polyoxytetramethylene diol ("Polymeg" 630, having a weight average molecular weight of 600) was added slowly over a 30-minute period; the temperature was kept below about 80C during the addition.
After a two-hour reaction period at a temperature of 75C, 88.8 g (0.68 mole) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was added to the resulting isocyanate-terminated ure-thane prepolymer product and the mixture allowed to react for 12 hours until inspection of the infrared spectra of the resulting oligomer product indicated that complete reaction of isocyanate had occurred. As verified by infrared analysis, the acrylate-capped polyether urethane oligomer product had essentially the structure of formula XVIII
Eighty parts of the oligomer product was diluted with 20 parts 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacry-late diluent monomer and the diluted oligomer product was cured to form film and diffraction grating test samples, the compositions and properties of which are set forth in TABLE IV.
Into a l-liter reactor at room temperature (25C) werecharged 224 g (1.10 moles) isophorone diiso-cyanate ("IPDI") and 0.3 g of dibutyltin dilaurate, and then over a period of about 45 minutes there was added a mixture of 3]2.5 g (0.25 mole) polycaprolactone diol ~"NIAX" PCP 0230) and 27 g (0.3 mole) 1,4-butanediol chain extender, and the resulting reaction mixture allowed to rise to 80C without application of external heat.
After one hour, to the resulting isocyanate-terminated, chain-extended urethane prepolymer product, there was 1133~
added 151.3 g (l.L5 moles) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and the mixture maintained at 75C for 9 hours. The resulting acrylate-capped, chain-extended, polycapro-lactone urethane oligomer product had essentially the structure of formula XXIII.
Eighty parts of the oligomer product was diluted with 20 parts 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacry-late, and the diluted oligomer product was cured to form film and diffraction grating test samples, the compositions and properties of which are set forth in TABLE IV.
Into a l-liter reactor, equipped as described in Example 1, was charged 157 g (o.60 mole) methylenebis-(4-cyclohexylisocyanate) ("Hylene" WS). Then, while stirring, there were added, over a period on one hour, a mixture of 288 g (0.12 mole) poly(dimethylsiloxane)diol silicone fluid ("Dow Corning" Q4-3667) and 1.83 g (0.03 mole) 2-aminoethanol chain-extender, and the temperature of the resulting mixture was allowed to rise to 70C. The reaction was allowed to proceed for an additional hour at which time 131 g (1.00 mole) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was added to the resulting isocyanate-terminated, chain-extended, urea-urethane prepolymer product. The mixture was held at 70C and the reaction was complete in 12 hours as determined by infrared analysis, whereupon 248 g (1.08 moles) 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate diluent monomer was ~33209 added. Infrared analysis verified that the resulting acrylate-capped, chain-extended, polycaprolactone urea-urethane oligomer product (excluding the diluent monomer) had essentially the structure of formula XXXIII. Cured film and diffraction grating test samples were pre-pared and their compositions and properties are set forth in TABLE IV.
_XAMPLE 12 Into a l-liter reaction vessel, equipped as in Example 1, were charged 120 g (o.46 mole) methylenebis-(4-cyclohexylisocyanate) ("Hylene"WS) and 0.25 g of dibytyltin dilaurate, and the mixture heated to 65-70C
while stirring. There was then added over a period of one hour a mixture of 219 g (0.091 mole) poly(dimethyl-siloxane)diol silicone fluid ("Dow Corning" Q4-3667) and 46 g (0.023 mole) poly(oxypropylene) diamine ("Jeffamine" D-2000) and the resulting mixture heated with stirring for an additional hour at 70C. To the stirring mixture containing the resulting isocyanate-terminated, polysiloxane-polyether, urea-urethane pre-polymer product was added 131 g (1 mole) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and the resulting mixture was heated for three hours whereupon it was found by infrared analysis that all the isocyanate therein had disappeared. As verified by infrared analysis, the resulting acrylate-capped, polysiloxane-polyether, urea-urethane oligomer product had essentially the structure of formula XXXII.
Films and diffraction grating test samples were prepared using 70 parts of the above oligomer pro-duct diluted with 30 parts 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate, the compositions and properties of these articles being set forth in TABLE IV.
Into a l-liter reaction flask, equipped as in Example 1, were charged 250 g (0.95 mole) methylenebis-(4-cyclohexylisocyanate) ("Hylene" WS), 180 g (o.84 mole) 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate, and 0.5 g of dibutyltin dialurate. The mixture was heated to 50C
and a mixture of 6.1 g (0.1 mole) 2-aminoethanol and 322 g (0.388 mole) of polycaprolactonediol (NIAX" PCP 0210) was added over a one hour period. Then 131 g (1.0 mole) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate diluent monomer was added and heating at 50C continued for 12 hours, at the end of which time it was confirmed by infrared analysis that isocyanate had disappeared. As verified by infrared analysis, the resulting oligomer product (excluding the diluent monomer) was an acrylate-capped, polycaprolactone, chain-extended, urea-urethane oligomer having essentially the structure of formula XXXIV.
Eighty parts of the oligomer product was diluted with 20 parts 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacry-late for the preparation of film and diffraction gratingtest samples, the compositions and properties of which are set forth in TABLE IV.
1~33Z09 In a 4-liter reactor, equipped as in Exa~ple 1, a mixture of 15.1 g (0.13 mole) 1,6-hexamethylenediamine and 1250 g (0.52 mole) poly(dimethylsiloxane)diol silicone fluid ("Dow Corning" Q4-3667) was added during a one-hour period to a mixture of 572 g (2.58 mole) isophorone diisocyanate ("IPDI") and 2 g of dibutyltin dilaurate while maintaining the temperature of the reactor contents at 65-70C. The mixture was heated at this temperature for an additional two hours to obtain the isocyanate-terminated polysiloxane, urea-urethane prepolymer product, and 536 g (2.76 moles) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was then added over a one hour period. The resulting mixture was allowed to react at 65-70C until the disappearance of isocyanate, as determined by infrared analysis, was observed, the period of reaction so re-quired being 48 hours. Infrared analysis verified that the resulting acrylate-capped, polyester, urea-urethane oligomer product had essentially the structure of ~ormula XXIV. The mixture was cooled, 593 g (2.57 moles) 2-N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate diluent monomer was added, and film and diffraction grating test samples were prepared from the diluted oligomer product, the compositions and properties of these articles being set forth in TABLE IV.
EXAMPLES 15A and 15B
In a first run (Example 15A), into a 1.5-liter reaction flask, equipped as in Example 1, were placed 260 g (0.99 mole) methylenebis (4-cyclohexylisocyanate) ("Hylene" WS) and 0.1 g dibutyltin dilaurate. The mixture was heated to 65-70C and 453.2 g (0.55 mole) polycaprolactonediol ("NIAX" PCP 0210) was added ouer a period of 1.3 hours. Isocyanate equivalent weight of the resulting reaction mixture was then monitored by butylamine titration as the reaction proceeded. When the isocyanate equivalent weight reached 796, indicative of complete reaction of the diol to produce the desired isocyanate-terminated, polycaprolactone, urethane pre-polymer product, addition of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate was initiated. During 15 minutes, there was added 143 g (1.10 mole) of the methacrylate, taking care that the temperature did not rise above 75C. After the addition, heating was continued until infrared analysis indicated that isocyanate had disappeared (14 hours). Infrared analysis verified that the oligomer product was an acrylate-capped, polyester urethane oligomer having essentially the structure of formula XXXI. In a second run (Example 15B), 534 g of isophorone diisocyanate ("IPDI"), 0.5 g dibutyltin dilaurate, 1000 g polycapro-lactone diol ("NIAX" PCP 0210), and 300 g 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate were reacted in the same manner as the first run to produce an oligomer product having the same structure as formula XVII except the number of repeating 3Z(~9 caprolactone ester units was 3.25 av. rather than 1.86 av. The oligomer products were diluted with 20 percent by weight of 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate for preparation of film and diffraction grating test samples, the compositions and properties of which are set forth in TABLE IV.
Into a l-liter reaction flask, equipped as in Example 1, were placed 88.8 g (0.4 mole) isophorone diisocyanate ("IPDI") and 0.2 g dibutyltin dilaurate.
The mixture was heated to 70C and 250 g (0.2 mole) polycaprolactonediol ("NIAX" PCP 0230) was added during 40 minutes while maintaining the temperature of the reactor contents at 70-75C. The mixture was held at this temperature for three hours, resulting in an isocya-nate-terminated, polycaprolactone urethane prepolymer.
There was then added 55 g (0.45 mole) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate and heating was continued at 75C for 15 hours. At the end of this time, infrared analysis indicated that the isocyanate group had disappeared.
As verified by infrared analysis, the acrylate-capped, polycaprolactone, urethane oligomer had essentially the structure of formula XIX. The oligomer product was diluted with 20 percent by weight of 2-(N-butylcarbamyl) ethyl methacrylate and film and diffraction grating test samples were prepared from the diluted product, the com-positions and properties of these articles being set forth in TABLE IV.
11;~3~1~9 Example 1 was repeated except that the poly-caprolactonediol used was "NIAX" PCP 0240. The re-sulting acrylate-capped, polycaprolactone urethane oligomer had the same structure as that shown by formula XIX, but the number of repeating units in the polyester segment was 8.4 (av.). The oligomer product obtained was diluted with 20 percent by weight of 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate for preparation of films and diffraction grating test samples, the com-positions and properties of these articles being set forth in TABLE IV.
The data of TABLE IV show that though the "H"/"S" ratios varied from 0.22/1 to 1.57/1 and the physical properties (viz., tensile, modulus, elongation) varied widely, the dimensional stability of the articles (made from a host of different resin systems)varied only over a relatively narrow range of acceptable values, though, here again, the desired dimensional stability of an application might require use of one system rather than another. The optical properties shown for these systems will also dictate the particular applica-tion to be made, for example, a lens application would require high transmission, e.g., greater than 91~ and low haze, e.g., less than 5~, whereas a retroreflective video disc could tolerate lower transmission and higher haze.
~ ~33~9 ~ ~ a~ ~ co ~ ~ C~ ~1 ~ ~ ~
~1 ~1 x o~i o ~i~i ~ ~i co ~i O ~i C~ h u~
~ P~ ~rl ~ d oP' hu:l O . , .C~l ~ COC~ H
CU ~ i C\i O CUt`J C~ O
w ~R ~ O~ O~
~D
H R O ~~1 ~,¦ ~O~~O ~ ~O cO cO ~,~
a~ ~ ~ ~ I + o ~i ol I o ~ ~lo c~ I
h q~ b~ O
O H h ~ ~ cO ~ t-- ~ ~ co co ~ co ~ C~
O ~ ~d ~o u~ co ~O ~ u~ ~o t~ Lr~ Lr~
~rl ~ O C~J C\~l C`~l C'~l C\l C`J N t~J CU N C\J ~1 h ~ ¢ ~ w W ~ ~ ~ ~
q~ h ~r~ ~o ~o~o ~ (~~co Lr~ ~o ~ ~1 u~
~ O a) C~ J N C~ ~ h ~3 ~ ~cO ~ ~ ~1 1c~ O cO O O~
P
H CO
~3 ~1 ~1 ~ I~
E-l U) H . Y
O ~ CO ~ COOU~ ~ CO ~ ~
O~ ~ cO C~ ¢ ¢
'~ td . O O
h ~ ~ ~ ~ O OO O O O O O OO O O ~:
05-1 u~c~ OOOOOOOOOOu h w ~ ~ ~D OCO C~ 0 ~t t~ ~ ~
~:4 ~ ~ Sl ,~ ~~ (r) C\J~C)CU C~ O h ~ ~1~ o o o o o o o o o o o o a.) a) tq a.) o ~ C~ ~) o u~ t O H ~ ' ¦~l ~ h ~ H
E-l u2 h h ~ +~
~ u7 ~ 0L-- ~0 0~ 0~~ O ~ ~ ~ C\~ Cil ~ ~
~ ~3 ~ .Y ~ . . . . . . . ~ . . . ~ ~c C~ C) ~ ~ U~ ~ ~O ~D ~ ~ CO CO ~ ~ -~ CO
O H d _ ~ ~t~ (~ ,::t~:~ ~ 1~1 (~1 ~1 C~l O w _ h h +~ ~1 0~~t~I N ~Y) O CO t~ (~1 0 0 O
O _ ~ C-~O CO O~ i CO ~! 0~ 0 g H ~ _(r)C\l CU C~l~I ~ C\l ~ CU C\l ~1 ~ p ~ h O O _r~ 1 00\ 0 0 ~ O CO CO ~D
U~~i 11~ t~ 00~CiJ N tr~ O CO (D
c _ C\l N ~~) t~ ~(~.1 ~ ~t ~ 1~ 11 E~ E~
~ ~ CO O\ O ~ C ~O ~ ~ ,_ 1~3~Z09 Portions of the films of Examples 7, 9, 13 and 15 were used to measure their dynamic shear moduli according to the procedure of U.S. Patent 3,853,595;
these measurements were plotted on semilogarithm paper, and values from the plotted curves at particular tempera-tures are set forth in TABLE V, said plotted curves falling within the area A-B-C-D of FIG. I.
TABLE V
Dynamic shear modulus, dynes/cm _ _ EXAMPLES
_ _ Temper-ature~oc 7 9 13 15A 15B
233.7xlO9 2.3xlO9 l.9xlO9 1.4xlO9 2.0xl08 403.2xlO9 1.3xlO9 1.4xlO9 l.lxlO9 1.2xl08 502.7xlO9 0.8xlO9 o.9xlO9 O.9xlO9 3.0x107 1560 2.0xlO9 2.5x108 1.7xl08 0.5xlO9 1.4x107 701.4xlO9 1.1xl08 7.2x107 1.5xl08 l.Ox107 80lxlO9 6.6x107 6.1x107 7.3x107 8.oxlo6 1001.8xl08 4.2x107 3.3x107 4.2x107 6.9xlo6 1209.2x107 4.0x107 3.0x107 3.4x107 6.5xlo6 - 92~
:~13;~
To a 500-ml glass reaction vessel, equipped as in EXAMPLE 1, were added 200 g (0.91 mole) isophorone diisocyanate ("IPDI"), 6 drops of dibutyltin dilaurate catalyst, and 80 g (0.35 mole) 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyi methacrylate. While maintaining thorough mixing of the reactor contents, 60 g (0.57 mole) 1,4-butanediol was added slowly and the temperature was kept below about 80C. The polymerization was allowed to proceed for 2.3 hours, at which time the isocyanate equivalent weight was found to be at 863, indicating a complete reaction to form an isocyanate-terminated, chain-extended urethane prepolymer product containing a block of the following structure:
3C ~ ~30coc~x8 f C0~3 ~ 1 3 ~
3 2NHCc4H8~ CONHCH2 CH3 (av. ) To the above-prepared prepolymer product, 89 g (0.107 mole) polycaprolactone diol ("NIAX" PCP 0210) was added and allowed to react for 2 hours. This was followed by 30.9 g (0.235 mole) 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. The resulting reaction was complete, as determined by in-frared analysis, in an additional 11 hours. The resulting ~133209 acrylate-capped, polycaprolactone, chain-extended urethane block oligomer product was calculated as con-taining 56.5% urethane "H" segments and 19.3% poly-caprolactone "S" segments. Infrared analysis of the oligomer product confirmed it had essentially the structure of formula XXV.
Fifty parts of the above-prepared oligomer product was dissolved in 50 parts tetrahydrofuran solvent,and 1.0 part of 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone was added to the mixture and the resulting composition was used to make a replicated diffraction grating by the procedure described hereinbefore; during the preparation of the grating, the solvent was allowed to evaporate from the solution, leaving the oligomer layer on the master molding surface. The dimensional stability of the subsequently radiation-cured grating was determined by the aforesaid procedure and found to be acceptable, as shown by the following data:
First order diffraction efficiency _ . . . .
Before heating After heating Change .. . .. . _ _ . _ 24.7% 23.0% --6.9%
Eighty g (0.235 mole) of the diglycidyl ether of bis-phenol A ("DER" 322) was combined with 20 g (0.024 mole) polycaprolactone diol ("NIAX" PCP 0210), 2 g of the phosphorous hexafluoride salt of the diphenyl :
iodonium cation (as a photoinitiator), and 0.5 g of 2-chloro thioxanthone (as a photosensitizer). A
diffraction grating was prepared from the resulting mixture by the procedure described hereinbefore, the cured polymer containing 63% "H" segments, 20% "S"
segment units. The in situ formed oligomer had essen-tially the structure shown by formula LII. The dimen-sional stability of the diffraction grating was tested by the aforesaid procedure and found to be acceptable, as shown by the following data:
First order diffraction efficiency . . . _ . _ Before heating After heating Change 26.8% 25-5% -4.85%
The gel swell of the crosslinked polymer was 40%.
15_AM~LE 20 To 70 parts of diluted oligomer prepared as described in Example 7 (which was a mixture of 86 parts oligomer and 30 parts of 2-(N-butylcarbamyl)ethyl methacrylate) were added 30 further parts of the latter methacrylate and 0.7 part 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone. The resulting mixture was mixed thoroughly and vacuum degassed to remove air bubbles. The resulting curable mixture was poured onto a rectangular (20 cm x 30 cm) metal mold master of electroformed nickel whose molding surface was in the form of an array of about 50,000/inch (7800/cm ) negative or female cube corner depressions or cavities 0.128 mm in depth, each edge of each cube corner . .
11332(~9 being 0.0045 inch (0.115 cm) in length. The resulting layer of the curable mixture was covered with a 3 mil (0.077 mm) thick film of polyethylene terephthalate polyester. The resulting construction was placed in a 2 ton (1910 kg) platten press and heated under pressure to 70C, this operation forcing the curable mixture into the cube corner depressions and forcing out air bubbles.
The construction was then subjected to radiation curing using an ultraviolet radiation processing unit ("QC
Processor", made by Radiation Polymer Corp.) in the same manner as that used in preparing the diffraction grating test samples described above. A total of 10 passes of the construction in a nitrogen atmosphere at a conveyor speed of 80 ft/min. (24.5 m/min.) was used in the curing operation. The resulting cured sheeting of the repli-cated array of cube corners, having an overall thickness of about 10 mils (0.25 mm), was removed from the mold and then square pieces, 9 inches2 (58 cm2), were cut from the sheet as test specimens. Each test specimen was mounted on an aluminum panel (by adhering the edge por-tions of the specimen to the panel with pressure sensitive adhesive tape~, with the cube corner elements in contact at their apices with the panel and with air pockets be-tween the cube corner elements trapped between the speci-men and panel, thus forming a retroreflective articlebased on a form depicted in FIGS. 3,4.
One of the above prepared articles was tested for retroreflectivity by placing it in a darkroom at a distance of 50 feet (15 m) from a light source mounted in a plane normal to the plane of the article, the exposed :~133;æ~g flat surface of the array of cube-corners of which faced the light source. A photodetector was positioned at a small angle ("divergence angle") relative to the plane normal to the article and the brightness of the article upon illumination of the light source was measured (in accordance with test procedure 4.7.7.2 of U.S. Federal Specification L-S-300B, July 12, 1974), at the cus-tomary divergence angle of 0.2. Following these measurements, the article was heated at 110C in an air oven for 120 hours, cooled to ambient room temperature, and its brightness was measured again. The other of the above-prepared articles were coated with a methyl ethyl ketone solution of acrylic topcoat (sold as XP903 by Rohm & Haas Co.) containing 0.5 wt.% "UVINU~"-539 acrylate W-absorber, and the coating dried to provide a 0.01 mm thick layer. Then, the so-coated article was placed in an XW Weatherometer and exposed thereto to temperatures up to 45C, intense ultraviolet light,and relative humidity of 90% and higher~ the article being withdrawn periodically, tested for brightness determination, and reinserted. The other coated article was subjected to prevailing weather condition in the state of Florida for 1 year and the brightness measured after such exposure. The results of the brightness tests are as follows:
1133;~9 Brightness, candles/lumen at 0.2 divergence angle Uncoated article Before heating 1630 After heating 1120 Coated article Exposed in XW Weatherometer after 10 0 hours 1373 100 hours 1106 500 hours 8~7 1000 hours 950 1500 hours 855 15Florida article Before exposure 931 After 1 year exposure 402 The above data show that the various articles had high brightness, particularly in comparison with commercial varieties of glass-beaded retroreflective sheeting, for example as taughtin U.S. Pat. No. 2,40~,680, which typi-cally exhibit a brightness of 30 candles/lumen. The rela-tively small changes in the brightness of the articles show the dimension stability of the cured plastic.
One hundred kilograms of oligomer product pre-pared as described in Example 15A was diluted with 30%
by weight 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate. One percent by weight of a benzoin ether photoinitiator (sold under the trademark "VICURE" 30) was added and blended thoroughly with the diluted oligomer product. The resulting curable mixture was then used to make in a continuous process a continuous sheet (33 cm in width) of contiguous, repli-cated, linear Fresnel lens elements (ca. 30 cm x 30 cm), like that of FIG. 6 using the equipment schematically shown in FIG. 9.
In this operation, a stream of the curable mixture was supplied from source container 31, to a metering pump 32 which passed the curable mixture to ex-trusion die 33. The curable mixture was extruded onto a metal master roll 34 of electroformed nickel, containing on its surface linear Fresnel lens elements pattern 35 having a line frequency o~ 100 lines/inch (39.5 lines/cm).
A cover film 36 of polyethylene terephthalate polyester, passing over rolls 37 and 38 and drawn by windup roll 39, was applied to the top of the layer 41 of curable mixture on the lens pattern 35 and the resulting covered layer passed by a bank of medium pressure mercury arc lamps 42 (made by Radiation Polymer Corp.) at a rate of 10 ft/min.
(3.1 m/min.) and the resulting laminate 43 comprising the contiguous replicated Fresnel lenses was wound as a roll on the windup roll 39. The laminate 43 was removed from the windup roll 39, the polyester sheet stripped from the lens elements, and individual Fresnel lens elements cut therefrom. A focusing array of four such lens elements was mounted in a package and the latter was inserted as a Fresnel lens onto an overhead projector (Model No. 213, manufactured by the 3M Company) and its image projecting quality evaluated by projecting the image from a trans-parency (containing a variable frequency target pattern) _ 99 _ ontoa projection screen at a magnification of about 6X.
The resolving power on the screen was found to be excel-lent, as viewed by the unaided eye at normal viewing dis-tances.
~
A metal video disc master, prepared in a manner like that described in "Optics & Laser Technology", supra, was mounted in a mold cavity designed to hold the master flat. The master contained information (viz., a full-color, 30-minute, sound movie) in the form of 1.5 micron long, 0.75 micron wide, and 0.3 micron high raised areas arranged in radial tracks spaced about 1.5 microns apart. A vacuum degassed sample of the oligomer product of Example 5 (diluted with 30% by weight 2-hydroxyethyl 15 methacrylate and containing 0.75% 2,2-diethoxyaceto-phenone~ was injected by a syringe into the mold, which was covered by an optically ground, smooth glass plate 1/2 inch (0127 cm) in thickness$ leaving a mold cavity 10 mil (0.254 mm) in depth between the master molding surface and the glass plate. The construction was exposed to ultraviolet radiation using the processing equipment used to cure the above-described diffraction grating samples. The resulting replicated video disc, schema-tically shown in FIGS. 7 & 8, was removed from the mold and it exhibited to the unaided eye under visible light a diffracted light pattern like that of the video disc master. The information-bearing surface of the replicated video disc was vapor coated with a thin layer (about 2000 A in thickness)of aluminum to permit reading of the disc ~ 33~9 by reflection. Readout of the information was accomplished by playing the disc on a laser beam player, such as that described in "Spectrum", January, 1975, p. 67.
The reproduction of the movie film was of excel- -lent quality with a high-signal-to-noise ratio. Examination of the replicated video disc with an optical microscope re-vealed that the disc had a total eccentricity (or "out-of-roundness") of less than 0.5 mil (0.013 mm), attesting to the outstanding dimentional stability of the replication.
The video disc was also inverted with the information on the down-side and played on said laser beam player, the laser beam being transmitted through the plastic interior of the disc to the information bearing surface (where modulation occurs), and then reflected back through the plastic inte-rior to the photodiode of the player. In this inverted mode, the reproduction of the movie film was again found to be excellent, attesting to the optical homogenity (viz., freedom from birefrlngence) of the plastic.
The oligomeric composition of Example 7 was also used to make a diffraction grating test sample which was cured with an electron beam processor (sold under the trade-mark "Electrocurtain"), using a 12-inch (30 cm) wide elec-tron beam, a dosage of 5X106 rads, and a nitrogen atmosphere.
- 25 The first order diffraction efficiency of the sample was 22.5% before heating and 21% after heating (at 130C for 1 hour), the change on heating being 6.6%.
Various modifications and alterations of this in-vention will become apparent to those skilled in the art w'thout departing from the scope and spirit of this inven-tion.
Claims (43)
1. An article comprising a shaped, plastic, monolithic layer having a microstructure-bearing surface and comprising crosslinked polymer composed of (1) a plurality of hard segments of mono- or polyvalent moieties containing one or more carbo-cyclic and/or heterocyclic groups, and (2) a plurality of soft segments of mono- or polyvalent moieties.
2. An article according to claim 1 wherein each of said moieties of said hard segments, when their valences are satisfied by protons, has at least one major transition tem-perature above 250°K, and wherein each of said moieties of said soft segments has a number average molecular weight of about 500 to 5000 and homopolymers thereof have a glass transition tem-perature below 250°K.
3. An article according to claim 1 wherein said crosslinked polymer has a gel swell within the range of 35 to 200 weight percent.
4. An article according to claim 1 wherein said crosslinked polymer has 10 to 80 weight percent of said hard segments and 10 to 60 weight percent of said soft segments.
5. An article according to claim 1 wherein said crosslinked polymer has dynamic shear moduli, over the temper-ature range of 23°C to 120°C, which fall on or within the boundary of A-B-C-D of FIG. 1.
6. An article according to claim 1 wherein a diffraction grating of said crosslinked polymer has a first order diffraction efficiency which changes less than 15% when heated at 130°C for 1 hour as compared to the first order diffraction efficiency before heating.
7. An article according to claim 1 wherein said microstructure-bearing surface has an average profile which is plano, convex, concave, aspheric, or combinations thereof, said surface having discontinuities whose heights deviate from said average profile by + 0.005 µm to + 750 µm, said surfaces being free of utilitarian discontinuities or having one or a plurality of utilitarian discontinuities which are the same or different and spaced apart or contiguous in a random or ordered manner.
8. An article according to claim 7 wherein said microstructure-bearing surface is free of utilitarian discon-tinuities.
9. A shaped plastic article comprising a shaped, plastic, monolithic layer having a replicated microstructure-bearing surface and comprising crosslinked polymer composed of (1) a plurality of hard segments of mono- or polyvalent moieties containing one or more carbocyclic and/or heterocyclic groups and difunctional linking groups with hydrogen bonding capability, and (2) a plurality of soft segments of mono- or polyvalent moieties, wherein each of said moieties of said hard segments, when their valences are satisfied by protons, has at least one major transition temperature above 250°K, and wherein each of said moieties of said soft segments has a number average molecular weight of about 500 to 2500 and homopolymers thereof have a glass transition temperature below 250°K,said crosslinked polymer having a gel swell within the range of 35 to 200 weight percent, 10 to 80 weight percent of said hard segments and 10 to 60 weight percent of said soft segments, and dynamic shear moduli, over the temperature range of 23°C to 120°C, which fall on or within the boundary of A-B-C-D of FIG. 1, and wherein a diffraction grating of said crosslinked polymer has a first order diffraction efficiency which changes less than 15% when heated to 130°C for 1 hour as compared to the first order diffraction efficiency before heating.
10. An article according to claim 1 in the form of a Fresnel or echelon lens element or a retroreflective sheet comprising an array of cube-corner prism elements.
11. An article according to claim 1 wherein said crosslinked polymer is formed upon radiation of an oligomeric composition comprising one or more oligomers having (1) one or more like or different hard segments each comprising a mono-or poly-valent moiety containing one or more carbocyclic and/or heterocyclic groups, (2) one or more like or different soft segments each comprising a mono- or poly-valent moiety selected from the group consisting of polyester, polyacrylate, polyether and polyolefin, and (3) one or more like or different monovalent moieties containing a radiation sensitive, addition-polymerizable, functional group selected from the group consisting of acrylyl, methacrylyl, allyl, and vic-epoxy.
12. An article according to claim 1 in the form of a video disc.
13. An article according to claim 1 in the form of a diffraction grating.
14. An article according to claim 1 in the form of an ophthalmic lens.
15. An article according to claim. 1, wherein said hard segments are represented by one or more of the following formulas:
where each A is independently -NH- or -O-, each B is (CH2) -CO-, (CH2)CO- or (CH2) -OC(O)(CH2) C(O)O(CH2) , where f is an integer of 2 to 5, each R2 is independently hydrogen or a lower alkyl, each R3 is independently a di-valent carbocyclic-containing radical derived from benzene, naphthalene, cyclohexane, dicyclohexylmethane, diphenylmethane or norbornene, and their lower alkyl-substituted derivatives, by removal of two of their hydrogen atoms, each R4 is independently an alkylene moiety with 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkylene moiety with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, each R5 is independently a phenyl moiety or methyl, each R6 is independently a lower alkyl with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, g is zero or a number up to 5, h is an integer of 1 to 10, h' is zero or an interger of 1 to 10, each d, d' and d" is independently zero or 1, with the proviso that if either one of d' or d" is 1, then the other is zero, and wherein said soft segments are residues remaining from removal of the active hydrogen atoms of one or more of the following: poly(oxyalkylene) polyols, polyester polyols, polyether polyester polyols, polyolefin polyols, poly(alkylacrylate) polyols, and polyamines.
where each A is independently -NH- or -O-, each B is (CH2) -CO-, (CH2)CO- or (CH2) -OC(O)(CH2) C(O)O(CH2) , where f is an integer of 2 to 5, each R2 is independently hydrogen or a lower alkyl, each R3 is independently a di-valent carbocyclic-containing radical derived from benzene, naphthalene, cyclohexane, dicyclohexylmethane, diphenylmethane or norbornene, and their lower alkyl-substituted derivatives, by removal of two of their hydrogen atoms, each R4 is independently an alkylene moiety with 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkylene moiety with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, each R5 is independently a phenyl moiety or methyl, each R6 is independently a lower alkyl with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, g is zero or a number up to 5, h is an integer of 1 to 10, h' is zero or an interger of 1 to 10, each d, d' and d" is independently zero or 1, with the proviso that if either one of d' or d" is 1, then the other is zero, and wherein said soft segments are residues remaining from removal of the active hydrogen atoms of one or more of the following: poly(oxyalkylene) polyols, polyester polyols, polyether polyester polyols, polyolefin polyols, poly(alkylacrylate) polyols, and polyamines.
16. An article according to claim 15 wherein said soft segments are represented by one or more of the following formulas:
where each A is independently -NH- or -O-, (OR7) is oxyalkylene or poly(oxyalkylene), R7 is an alkylene of 2 to 4 carbon atoms, R8 is a saturated aliphatic radical free of active hydrogen atoms and which can contain 1 or 2 non-vicinal caternary oxygen or nitrogen atoms, R8 having a valence equal to j and 2 to 10 carbon atoms, i is a number of 1 to 20, j is an integer of 1 to 3, and d and c are each independently zero or 1 with the provisos that when d is 1, then c is zero and j is 2 or 3, and when d is zero, then j is 1, where R9 is a saturated aliphatic radical free of active hydrogen atoms and can contain 1 or 2 non-vicinal catenary oxygen or nitrogen atoms, R9 having a valence equal to s and 2 to 10 carbon atoms, each a, o, p and q is independently zero or 1, each e' is independently an integer of 2 to 10, each r is independently a number of 1 to 20, each s is independently an integer of 1 to 3 with proviso that when q is 1, then s is 2 or 3 and o is zero and either a and p are both zero or both 1, and when q is zero, then s and o are 1 and either a and p are both zero or both 1, where t is a number of 7 to 35 where the groups enclosed by the single brackets with the subscripts u and v are repeating units randomly distributed within the double brackets and u and v are integers whose sum is from 2 to 20 and u/v is a ratio of 1/4 to 4/1, s is 2 or 3, and R10 is a polyvalent carbocyclic-containing radical derived from benzene, naphthalene, or a phenyl-substituted benzene by removal of 2 or more hydrogen atoms, or where each R11 is independently hydrogen or methyl, R12 is independently an alkyl of 2 to 10 carbon atoms, R13 is independently -C(0)0CH3, -CN or phenyl, R14 is -SR15H, -SR150-, -SCH2C(0)0R15H or H, where R is an alkylene having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, f is an integer of 2 to 5, and the groups enclosed by the single brackets with subscripts x, y and z are repeating units randomly distributed within the double brackets, the sum of x, y and z being such that the number average molecular weight of the totality of said repeating units is about 500 to 5000, the units enclosed by brackets with subscripts x and y always being present and the units enclosed by the bracket with subscript z being optionally present.
where each A is independently -NH- or -O-, (OR7) is oxyalkylene or poly(oxyalkylene), R7 is an alkylene of 2 to 4 carbon atoms, R8 is a saturated aliphatic radical free of active hydrogen atoms and which can contain 1 or 2 non-vicinal caternary oxygen or nitrogen atoms, R8 having a valence equal to j and 2 to 10 carbon atoms, i is a number of 1 to 20, j is an integer of 1 to 3, and d and c are each independently zero or 1 with the provisos that when d is 1, then c is zero and j is 2 or 3, and when d is zero, then j is 1, where R9 is a saturated aliphatic radical free of active hydrogen atoms and can contain 1 or 2 non-vicinal catenary oxygen or nitrogen atoms, R9 having a valence equal to s and 2 to 10 carbon atoms, each a, o, p and q is independently zero or 1, each e' is independently an integer of 2 to 10, each r is independently a number of 1 to 20, each s is independently an integer of 1 to 3 with proviso that when q is 1, then s is 2 or 3 and o is zero and either a and p are both zero or both 1, and when q is zero, then s and o are 1 and either a and p are both zero or both 1, where t is a number of 7 to 35 where the groups enclosed by the single brackets with the subscripts u and v are repeating units randomly distributed within the double brackets and u and v are integers whose sum is from 2 to 20 and u/v is a ratio of 1/4 to 4/1, s is 2 or 3, and R10 is a polyvalent carbocyclic-containing radical derived from benzene, naphthalene, or a phenyl-substituted benzene by removal of 2 or more hydrogen atoms, or where each R11 is independently hydrogen or methyl, R12 is independently an alkyl of 2 to 10 carbon atoms, R13 is independently -C(0)0CH3, -CN or phenyl, R14 is -SR15H, -SR150-, -SCH2C(0)0R15H or H, where R is an alkylene having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, f is an integer of 2 to 5, and the groups enclosed by the single brackets with subscripts x, y and z are repeating units randomly distributed within the double brackets, the sum of x, y and z being such that the number average molecular weight of the totality of said repeating units is about 500 to 5000, the units enclosed by brackets with subscripts x and y always being present and the units enclosed by the bracket with subscript z being optionally present.
17. An article according to claim 16 wherein said soft segments are represented by one or more of the following formulas:
where each f' is independently 3 to 5 and i' is 5 to 10, where f' is 3 to 5, i' is 5 to 10, and k is 2 or 3 and is the valence of R8, where the groups enclosed by the single brackets with subscripts m and n are repeating units randomly distributed, m is zero or 1 to 4, n is 4 to 20, with the proviso that n/m is at least 4, and where the groups enclosed by the brackets with subscripts m and n are repeating units randomly distributed within the double brackets, m, n, and n/m are as defined above, and k is 2 or 3 and is the valence of R8.
where each f' is independently 3 to 5 and i' is 5 to 10, where f' is 3 to 5, i' is 5 to 10, and k is 2 or 3 and is the valence of R8, where the groups enclosed by the single brackets with subscripts m and n are repeating units randomly distributed, m is zero or 1 to 4, n is 4 to 20, with the proviso that n/m is at least 4, and where the groups enclosed by the brackets with subscripts m and n are repeating units randomly distributed within the double brackets, m, n, and n/m are as defined above, and k is 2 or 3 and is the valence of R8.
18. An article according, to claim 16 wherein said soft segments are represented by one or more of the following formulas:
where r' is a number of 1 to 10 and e' is 2 or 3, where r' is a number of 1 to 10 and s is 2 or 3, and R9 is oxyalkylene, polyoxyalkylene, or alkanetriyl, where each e' is independently a number of 2 to 5 and r' is a number of 1 to 10, and where e' is a number of 2 to 5, r' is a number of 1 to 10, R9 is as defined above, and s is 2 or 3.
where r' is a number of 1 to 10 and e' is 2 or 3, where r' is a number of 1 to 10 and s is 2 or 3, and R9 is oxyalkylene, polyoxyalkylene, or alkanetriyl, where each e' is independently a number of 2 to 5 and r' is a number of 1 to 10, and where e' is a number of 2 to 5, r' is a number of 1 to 10, R9 is as defined above, and s is 2 or 3.
19. An article according to claim 1 wherein said hard segments are represented by one of the following formulas:
where each A is independently -NH- or -O-, each R2 is independently hydrogen or a lower alkyl, each R3 is independently a di-valent carbocyclic-containing radical derived from benzene, naphthalene, cyclohexane, dicyclohexylmethane, diphenylmethane, or norbornene, and their lower alkyl-substituted derivatives, by removal of two of their hydrogen atoms, each R4 is independently an alkylene moiety with 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkylene moicty with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, g is zero or a number up to 5, h is an integer of 1 to 10, h' is zero or an integer of 1 to 10, cac d, d' and d" is independently zero or 1, with the proviso that if either one of d' or d"
is 1, then the other is zero, and said soft segments are represented by one of the following formulas:
where r' is a number of 1 to 10 and e' is 2 or 3, where r' is a number of 1 to 10 a.nd s is 2 or 3, and R9 is oxyalkylene, polyoxyalkylene, or alkanetriyl.
where each A is independently -NH- or -O-, each R2 is independently hydrogen or a lower alkyl, each R3 is independently a di-valent carbocyclic-containing radical derived from benzene, naphthalene, cyclohexane, dicyclohexylmethane, diphenylmethane, or norbornene, and their lower alkyl-substituted derivatives, by removal of two of their hydrogen atoms, each R4 is independently an alkylene moiety with 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkylene moicty with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, g is zero or a number up to 5, h is an integer of 1 to 10, h' is zero or an integer of 1 to 10, cac d, d' and d" is independently zero or 1, with the proviso that if either one of d' or d"
is 1, then the other is zero, and said soft segments are represented by one of the following formulas:
where r' is a number of 1 to 10 and e' is 2 or 3, where r' is a number of 1 to 10 a.nd s is 2 or 3, and R9 is oxyalkylene, polyoxyalkylene, or alkanetriyl.
20. An article according to claim 1 wherein said hard segments are represented by the formula:
where each A is independently -NH- or -O-, each R3 is independently a di-valent carbocyclic-containing radical derived from benzene, napthalene, cyclohexane, dicyclohexylmethane~
diphenylmethane, or norbornene, and their lower alkyl-substituted derivatives, by removal of two of their hydrogen atoms, each R4 is independently an alkylene moiety with 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkylene moiety with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, g is zero or a number up to 5, and each d is independently zero or 1.
where each A is independently -NH- or -O-, each R3 is independently a di-valent carbocyclic-containing radical derived from benzene, napthalene, cyclohexane, dicyclohexylmethane~
diphenylmethane, or norbornene, and their lower alkyl-substituted derivatives, by removal of two of their hydrogen atoms, each R4 is independently an alkylene moiety with 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkylene moiety with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, g is zero or a number up to 5, and each d is independently zero or 1.
21. An article according to claim 1 wherein said hard segments comprise those represented by the formula and said soft segments comprise those represented by one of the following formulas
22. An article according to claim 1 wherein said hard segments comprise those represented by the formula:
and said soft segments comprise those represented by the formula:
and said soft segments comprise those represented by the formula:
23. An article according to claim 1 wherein said hard segments comprise those represented by the formula:
and said soft segments comprise those represented by the formula:
and said soft segments comprise those represented by the formula:
24. An article according to claim 1 wherein said hard segments comprise those represented by the formula:
and said soft segments comprise those represented by one of the following formulas:
.
and said soft segments comprise those represented by one of the following formulas:
.
25. An article according to claim 1 wherein said hard segments comprise those represented by the formula:
and said soft segments comprise those represented by the follow-ing formula:
.
and said soft segments comprise those represented by the follow-ing formula:
.
26. An article according to claim 1 wherein said hard segments comprise those represented by the formula:
and said soft segments comprise those represented by the formula:
and said soft segments comprise those represented by the formula:
27. A plastic diffraction grating comprising a shaped, plastic, monolithic layer having a diffraction grating-bearing surface and comprising crosslinked polymer composed of (1) 20 to 50 weight percent of a plurality of hard segments selected from those represented by one or both of the formulas where each A is -NH- or -0-, A' is -NH-, each R3 is independently a di-valent carbocyclic-containing radical derived from benzene, naphthalene, cyclohexane, dicyclohexylmethane, or diphenyl-methane, and their lower alkyl-substituted deri-vatives, by removal of two of their hydrogen atoms, each R4 is independently an alkylene moiety with 2 or 4 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkylene moiety with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, each R5 is phenyl, each d is independently zero or 1 g is zero or a number having an average of 1 to 3, and h' is zero or an integer of 1 to 10, and (2) 15 to 45 weight percent of a plurality of soft segments selected from those represented by one or more of the formulas:
where r' is a number of l to 5 and e' is 2 or 3, and where r' is a number of l to 5 and s is 2 or 3, and R6 is oxyalkylene, polyoxyalkylene, or alkanetriyl, said crosslinked polymer having a gel swell within the range of 35 to 200 weight %, and dynamic shear moduli, over a temperature range of 23° to 120°C, which fall on or within the boundary of A-B-C-D of FIG. l, and wherein the first order diffraction efficiency of said grating changes less than 5% when heated at 130°C for l hour as compared to the first order diffraction efficiency before heating.
where r' is a number of l to 5 and e' is 2 or 3, and where r' is a number of l to 5 and s is 2 or 3, and R6 is oxyalkylene, polyoxyalkylene, or alkanetriyl, said crosslinked polymer having a gel swell within the range of 35 to 200 weight %, and dynamic shear moduli, over a temperature range of 23° to 120°C, which fall on or within the boundary of A-B-C-D of FIG. l, and wherein the first order diffraction efficiency of said grating changes less than 5% when heated at 130°C for l hour as compared to the first order diffraction efficiency before heating.
28. A plastic retroreflective sheet comprising a shaped, plastic, mono-lithic layer having a surface with an array of a plurality of contiguous trihedral or tetrahedral prism elements and comprising optically homogeneous crosslinked polymer composed of (l) 20 to 50 weight percent of a plurality of hard segments represented by the formula where each A is independently -NH- or -0-, A' is -NH-5 each R3 is independently a di-valent carbocyclic-containing radical derived from cyclohexane or dicyclohexylmethane, and their lower alkyl-substituted derivatives, by removal of two of their hydrogen atoms, each R4 is independently an alkylene moiety with 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkylene moiety with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, d is 1, and g is zero or a number up to 5, and (2) 15 to 45 weight percent of soft segments selected from one of the following formulas where r' is a number of 1 to 10 and e' is 2 or 3, where r' is a number of 1 to 10 and s is 2 or 3 and R9 is oxyalkylene, polyoxyalkylene or alkanetriyl, where each Rll is independently hydrogen or methyl, R12 is independently an alkyl of 2 to 10 carbon atoms, R13 is independently -C(O)OCH3, -CN or phenyl, R14 is -SR15H, -SR150-, -SCH2C(0)0R15H or H, where R15 is an alkylene having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, f is an integer of 2 to 5 the groups enclosed by the single brackets with sub-scripts x, y and z are repeating units randomly dis-tributed within the double brackets, the sum of x, y and z being such that the number average molecular weight of the totality of said repeating units is about 500 to 5000, the units enclosed by brackets with subscripts x and y always being present and the units enclosed by the bracket with subscript z being optionally present, said crosslinked polymer having a gel swell within the range form of a diffraction grating having a first order diffraction efficiency which changes less than 5% when heated at 130°C for 1 hour as compared to the first order diffraction efficiency before heating, said retroreflective sheet having a brightness of at least 600 candles per lumen at 0.2° divergence angle.
29. A plastic lens element comprising a shaped, plastic, monolithic layer having on its surface a linear Fresnel or echelon pattern, and comprising optically homo-geneous crosslinked polymer composed of (1) 20 to 50 weight percent of a plurality of hard segments represented by the formula where each A is independently -NH- or -O-, A' is -NH-each R3 is independently a di-valent carbocyclic-containing radical derived from cyclohexane or dicyclohexylmethane, and their lower alkyl-substituted derivatives, by removal of two of their hydrogen atoms, each R4 is independently an alkylene moiety with 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkylene moiety with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, d is 1, and g is zero or a number up to 5, (2) 15 to 45 weight percent of soft segments selected from one of the following formulas where r' is a number of 1 to 10 and e' is 2 or 3, where r' is a number of 1 to 10 and s is 2 or 3, and R9 is oxyalkylene, polyoxyalkylene, or alkanetriyl, where each R11 is independently hydrogen or methyl, R12 is independently an alkyl of 2 to 10 carbon atoms, R13 is independently -C(O)OCH3, -CN or phenyl, R14 is -SR15H, -SR15O-, -SCH2C(O)OR15H or H, where R15 is an alkylene having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, f is an integer of 2 to 5 the groups enclosed by the single brackets with subscripts x, y and z are repeating units randomly distributed within the double brackets, the sum of x, y and z being such that the number average molecular weight of the totality of said repeating units is about 500 to 5000, the units enclosed by brackets with subscripts x and y always being present and the units enclosed by the bracket with subscript z being optionally present, said crosslinked polymer having a gel swell of 35 to 200% and dynamic shear moduli, over a temperature range of 23° to 120°C, which fall on or within the boundary of A-B-C-D of FIG. 1, said crosslinked polymer in the form of a diffraction grating having a first order diffraction efficiency which changes less than 5% when heated at 130°C for 1 hour as compared to the first order diffraction efficiency before heating.
30. A video disc comprising a shaped, plastic, monolithic layer having on its surface information-bearing microstructure in the form of a predetermined array or pattern of spaced-apart depressions and comprising crosslinked polymer composed of (1) 20 to 50 weight percent of a plurality of hard segments represented by the formula where each A is independently -NH- or -O-, A' is -NH-each R is independently a di-valent carbocyclic containing radical derived from cyclohexane or dicyclohexylmethane, and their lower alkyl-substituted derivatives, by removal of two of their hydrogen atoms, each R4 is independently an alkylene moiety with 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkylene moiety with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, d is 1, and g is zero or a number up to 5, (2) 15 to 45 weight percent of soft segments represented by the formula:
where R9 is a saturated aliphatic radical free of active hydrogen atoms and can contain 1 or 2 non-vicinal catenary oxygen or nitrogen atoms, R9 having a valence equal to s and 2 to 10 carbon atoms, each a, o, p and q is independently zero or 1, each e' is independently an integer of 2 to 10, each r is independently a number of 1 to 20, and each s is independently an integer of 1 to 3, with proviso that when q is 1, then s is 2 or 3 and o is zero and either a and p are both zero or both 1, and when q is zero, then s and o are 1 and either a and p are both zero or both 1, said crosslinked polymer having a gel swell of 35 to 200 weight percent and in the form of a diffraction grating having a first order diffraction efficiency which changes less than 15%
when heated at 130°C for 1 hour as compared to the first order diffraction efficiency before heating.
where R9 is a saturated aliphatic radical free of active hydrogen atoms and can contain 1 or 2 non-vicinal catenary oxygen or nitrogen atoms, R9 having a valence equal to s and 2 to 10 carbon atoms, each a, o, p and q is independently zero or 1, each e' is independently an integer of 2 to 10, each r is independently a number of 1 to 20, and each s is independently an integer of 1 to 3, with proviso that when q is 1, then s is 2 or 3 and o is zero and either a and p are both zero or both 1, and when q is zero, then s and o are 1 and either a and p are both zero or both 1, said crosslinked polymer having a gel swell of 35 to 200 weight percent and in the form of a diffraction grating having a first order diffraction efficiency which changes less than 15%
when heated at 130°C for 1 hour as compared to the first order diffraction efficiency before heating.
31. A process for Inaking a shaped plastic article comprising a shaped, plastic, rnonolithic layer having a microstructure-bearing surface and comprising crosslinked polymer, comprising the steps of filling a mold master with a fluid, castable, one-part radiation addition-polymerizable, crosslinkable, oligomeric composition or precursors thereof, said oligomeric composition comprising one or more oligomers having (1) one or more like or different hard segments each comprising a mono- or poly-valent moiety containing one or more carbocyclic and/or heterocyclic groups, (2) one or more like or different soft segments each comprising a mono- or poly-valent moiety selected from the group consisting of polyester, polyacrylate, polyether and polyolefin, and (3) one or more like or different monovalent moieties containing a radiation sensitive, addition-polymerizable, functional group selected from the group consisting of acrylyl, methacrylyl, allyl, and vic-epoxy, exposing the resulting cast oligomeric composition, or precursors thereof, to radiation, and recovering said shaped plastic article.
32. rrhe process according to claim 31 wherein said oligomeric composition contains 10 to 80 weight percent of said hard segments and 10 to 60 weight percent of said soft segments, said hard segments containing difunctional linkages with hydrogen-bonding capability, each of said moieties of said hard segments, with its valences satisfied by protons, having at least one major transition temperature above 250°K, each of said moieties of said soft segments having a number average molecular weight of about 500 to 5000 and homopolymers thereof having a glass transition temperature below 250°K, said crosslinked polymer having a gel swell within the range of 35 to 200 weight percent and having dynamic shear moduli, over the temperature range of 23° to 120°C, which fall on or within the boundary of A-B-C-D of FIG. 1, and wherein a diffraction grating of said crosslinked polymer has a first order diffraction efficiency which changes less than 15% when heated at 130°C for 1 hour as compared to the first order diffraction efficiency before heating.
33. The process according to claim 31 wherein said microstructure-bearing surface has an average profile which is plano, convex, concave, aspheric, or combinations thereof, said surface having discontinuities whose heights deviate from said average profile by + 0.005 µm to + 750 µm, said surfaces being free of utilitarian discontinuities or having one or a plurality of utilitarian discontinuities which are the same or different and spaced apart or contiguous in a random or ordered manner.
34. The process according to claim 31 wherein said article is in the form of a diffraction grating.
35. The process according to claim 31 wherein said article is in the form of a retroreflective sheet comprising an array of cube-corner prism elements.
36. The process according to claim 31 wherein said article is in the form of a Fresnel or echelon lens element.
37. The process according to claim 31 wherein said article is in the form of a video disc.
38. The process according to claim 31 wherein said article is in the form of a precision optical element.
39. The process according to claim 31 wherein said article is in the form of an ophthalmic lens.
40. The process according to claim 31 wherein said oligomers are represented by the formula:
where .alpha. is 1 or 2 .beta. is zero or a number up to 20 and has an average value up to about 5 .gamma. is 2 or 3 "E" is represented by the formulas:
where R1 is a hydrogen atom or methyl, each A is independently -NH- or -O-, a, b, c and d are each independently zero or 1, with the provisos that (1) at least one of b and d must be 1, (2) if b and c are both zero, then a and d must be 1, (3) if b and d are both 1, then a and c must be 1, and e is at least 2, and (4) if d is 1 and a and b are both zero, then c must be 1, e is an integer of 1 to 5, where d is zero or 1, e is an integer of 1 to 5, R2 is hydrogen or a lower alkyl, B is , or where each f is an integer of 2 to 5 7 and each d is in-dependently zero or 1, "H" is represented by the formulas:
where each A is independently -NH- or -O-, each B is , -CO- , or , where f is an integer of 2 to 5, each R2 is independently hydrogen or a lower alkyl, each R3 is independently a polyvalent carbocyclic-containing radical derived from benzene, naphthalene, cyclohexane, dicyclohexylmethane, diphenylmethane or norbornene, and their lower alkyl-substituted derivatives, by removal of two or more of their hydrogen atoms, each R4 is independently an alkylene moiety with 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkylene moiety with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, each R5 is independently a phenyl moiety or methyl each R is independently a lower alkyl with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, g is zero or a number up to 5, h is an integer of 1 to 10, h' is zero or an integer of 1 to 10, each d, d' and d" is independently zero or 1, with the proviso that if either one of d' or d"
is 1, then the other is zero, and S is the residue remaining after removal of the active hydrogen atoms of one or more of the following: poly(oxyalkylene) polyols, polyester polyols, polyether polyester polyols, polyolefin polyols, poly(alkylacrylate) polyols, and polyamines.
where .alpha. is 1 or 2 .beta. is zero or a number up to 20 and has an average value up to about 5 .gamma. is 2 or 3 "E" is represented by the formulas:
where R1 is a hydrogen atom or methyl, each A is independently -NH- or -O-, a, b, c and d are each independently zero or 1, with the provisos that (1) at least one of b and d must be 1, (2) if b and c are both zero, then a and d must be 1, (3) if b and d are both 1, then a and c must be 1, and e is at least 2, and (4) if d is 1 and a and b are both zero, then c must be 1, e is an integer of 1 to 5, where d is zero or 1, e is an integer of 1 to 5, R2 is hydrogen or a lower alkyl, B is , or where each f is an integer of 2 to 5 7 and each d is in-dependently zero or 1, "H" is represented by the formulas:
where each A is independently -NH- or -O-, each B is , -CO- , or , where f is an integer of 2 to 5, each R2 is independently hydrogen or a lower alkyl, each R3 is independently a polyvalent carbocyclic-containing radical derived from benzene, naphthalene, cyclohexane, dicyclohexylmethane, diphenylmethane or norbornene, and their lower alkyl-substituted derivatives, by removal of two or more of their hydrogen atoms, each R4 is independently an alkylene moiety with 2 to 10 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkylene moiety with 6 to 10 carbon atoms, each R5 is independently a phenyl moiety or methyl each R is independently a lower alkyl with 1 to 4 carbon atoms, g is zero or a number up to 5, h is an integer of 1 to 10, h' is zero or an integer of 1 to 10, each d, d' and d" is independently zero or 1, with the proviso that if either one of d' or d"
is 1, then the other is zero, and S is the residue remaining after removal of the active hydrogen atoms of one or more of the following: poly(oxyalkylene) polyols, polyester polyols, polyether polyester polyols, polyolefin polyols, poly(alkylacrylate) polyols, and polyamines.
41. The process according to claim 40 wherein "E"
is represented by one of the formulas:
where R1 is methyl and A is -O-, where R1 is methyl, A is -O-, and e is 2, where R1 is hydrogen and A is -O-, and "S" is represented by one of the formulas where each A is independently -NH- or -O-, (OR7)i is oxyalkylene or poly(oxyalkylene), R7 is an alkylene of 2 to 4 carbon atoms, R8 is a saturated aliphatic radical free of active hydrogen atoms and which can contain 1 or 2 non-vicinal catenary oxygen or nitrogen atoms, R8 having a valence equal to j and 2 to 10 carbon atoms, i is a number of 1 to 20, j is an integer of 1 to 3, and d and c are each independently zero or 1 with the provisos that when d is 1, then c is zero and j is 2 or 3, and when d is zero, then j is 1, where R9 is a saturated aliphatic radical free of active hydrogen atoms and can contain 1 or 2 non-vicinal catenary oxygen or nitrogen atoms, R9 having a valence equal to s and 2 to 10 carbon atoms, each a, o, p and q is independently zero or 1, each e' is independently an integer of 2 to 10, each r is independently a number of 1 to 20, each s is independently an integer of 1 to 3 with proviso that when q is 1, then s is 2 or 3 and o is zero and either a and p are both zero or both 1, and when q is zero, then s and o are 1 and either a and p are both zero or both 1, where t is a number of 7 to 35, where the groups enclosed by the single brackets with the subscripts u and v are repeating units randomly distributed within the double brackets and u and v are integers whose sum is from 2 to 20 and u/v is a ratio of 1/4 to 4/1, s is 2 or 3, and R10 is a poly-valent carbocyclic-containing radical derived from benzene, naphthalene, or a phenyl-substituted benzene by removal of 2 or more hydrogen atoms, where each R11 is independently hydrogen or methyl, R12 is independently an alkyl of 2 to 10 carbon atoms, R13 is independently -C(O)OCH3, -CN or phenyl, R14 is SR15H, -SR15O-, -SCH2C(O)OR15H or H, where R15 is an alkylene having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, f is an integer of 2 to 5 the groups enclosed by the single brackets with subscripts x, y and z are repeating units randomly distributed within the double brackets, the sum of x, y and z being such that the number average molecular weight of the totality of said repeating units is about 500 to 5000, the units enclosed by brackets with subscripts x and y always being present and the units enclosed by the bracket with subscript z being optionally present.
is represented by one of the formulas:
where R1 is methyl and A is -O-, where R1 is methyl, A is -O-, and e is 2, where R1 is hydrogen and A is -O-, and "S" is represented by one of the formulas where each A is independently -NH- or -O-, (OR7)i is oxyalkylene or poly(oxyalkylene), R7 is an alkylene of 2 to 4 carbon atoms, R8 is a saturated aliphatic radical free of active hydrogen atoms and which can contain 1 or 2 non-vicinal catenary oxygen or nitrogen atoms, R8 having a valence equal to j and 2 to 10 carbon atoms, i is a number of 1 to 20, j is an integer of 1 to 3, and d and c are each independently zero or 1 with the provisos that when d is 1, then c is zero and j is 2 or 3, and when d is zero, then j is 1, where R9 is a saturated aliphatic radical free of active hydrogen atoms and can contain 1 or 2 non-vicinal catenary oxygen or nitrogen atoms, R9 having a valence equal to s and 2 to 10 carbon atoms, each a, o, p and q is independently zero or 1, each e' is independently an integer of 2 to 10, each r is independently a number of 1 to 20, each s is independently an integer of 1 to 3 with proviso that when q is 1, then s is 2 or 3 and o is zero and either a and p are both zero or both 1, and when q is zero, then s and o are 1 and either a and p are both zero or both 1, where t is a number of 7 to 35, where the groups enclosed by the single brackets with the subscripts u and v are repeating units randomly distributed within the double brackets and u and v are integers whose sum is from 2 to 20 and u/v is a ratio of 1/4 to 4/1, s is 2 or 3, and R10 is a poly-valent carbocyclic-containing radical derived from benzene, naphthalene, or a phenyl-substituted benzene by removal of 2 or more hydrogen atoms, where each R11 is independently hydrogen or methyl, R12 is independently an alkyl of 2 to 10 carbon atoms, R13 is independently -C(O)OCH3, -CN or phenyl, R14 is SR15H, -SR15O-, -SCH2C(O)OR15H or H, where R15 is an alkylene having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, f is an integer of 2 to 5 the groups enclosed by the single brackets with subscripts x, y and z are repeating units randomly distributed within the double brackets, the sum of x, y and z being such that the number average molecular weight of the totality of said repeating units is about 500 to 5000, the units enclosed by brackets with subscripts x and y always being present and the units enclosed by the bracket with subscript z being optionally present.
42. The process of claim 41 where "S" is repre-sented by one of the formulas:
where each f' is independently 3 to 5, and i' is 5 to 10, where f' is 3 to 5, i' is 5 to 10, and k is 2 or 3, where the groups enclosed by the single brackets with subscripts m and n are repeating units randomly dis-tributed, m is zero or 1 to 4, n is 4 to 20, with the proviso that n/m is at least 4, where the groups enclosed by the single brackets with subscripts m and n are repeating units randomly dis-tributed within the double brackets, m, n and n/m are as defined above, and k is 2 or 3 and is the valence of R8, where r' is a number of 1 to 10 and e' is 2 or 3, where r' is a number of 1 to 10 and s is 2 or 3, and R9 is oxyalkylene, polyoxyalkylene, or alkanetriyl, where each e' is independently a number of 2 to 5 and r' is a number of 1 to 10, where e' is a number of 2 to 5, r' is a number of 1 to 10, R9 is as defined above, and s is 2 or 3.
where each f' is independently 3 to 5, and i' is 5 to 10, where f' is 3 to 5, i' is 5 to 10, and k is 2 or 3, where the groups enclosed by the single brackets with subscripts m and n are repeating units randomly dis-tributed, m is zero or 1 to 4, n is 4 to 20, with the proviso that n/m is at least 4, where the groups enclosed by the single brackets with subscripts m and n are repeating units randomly dis-tributed within the double brackets, m, n and n/m are as defined above, and k is 2 or 3 and is the valence of R8, where r' is a number of 1 to 10 and e' is 2 or 3, where r' is a number of 1 to 10 and s is 2 or 3, and R9 is oxyalkylene, polyoxyalkylene, or alkanetriyl, where each e' is independently a number of 2 to 5 and r' is a number of 1 to 10, where e' is a number of 2 to 5, r' is a number of 1 to 10, R9 is as defined above, and s is 2 or 3.
43. A process for making a retroreflective sheet comprising a shaped, plastic, monolithic layer of cross-linked polymer and having a microstructure-bearing surface comprising an array of trihedral or tetrahedral prism elements, said process comprising the steps of filling a metal mold master with a fluid castable, one-part radiation sensitized, crosslinkable, composition comprising an oligomer of the formula:
where each .alpha. is independently 1 or 2 .beta. is zero or a number up to 20 and has an average value up to about 5 .gamma. is 2 or 3 "E" is CH2= "H" is a hard segment of the formula and "S" is a soft segment of the formula:
said composition further comprising 2-(N-butylcarbamyl) ethyl methacrylate as a diluent monomer, exposing the resulting cast composition to ultraviolet radiation to cure the same, and removing from said mold master said retroreflective sheet, the latter having a brightness of at least 600 candles per lumen at 0.2° divergence angle, said crosslinked polymer having a gel swell within the range of 35 to 200 weight percent and having dynamic shear moduli, over the temperature range of 23° to 120°C, which fall on or within the boundary of A-B-C-D of Figure 1, and wherein a diffraction grating of said crosslinked polymer has a first order diffraction efficiency which changes less than 15% when heated at 130°C for 1 hour as compared to the first order diffraction efficiency before heating.
where each .alpha. is independently 1 or 2 .beta. is zero or a number up to 20 and has an average value up to about 5 .gamma. is 2 or 3 "E" is CH2= "H" is a hard segment of the formula and "S" is a soft segment of the formula:
said composition further comprising 2-(N-butylcarbamyl) ethyl methacrylate as a diluent monomer, exposing the resulting cast composition to ultraviolet radiation to cure the same, and removing from said mold master said retroreflective sheet, the latter having a brightness of at least 600 candles per lumen at 0.2° divergence angle, said crosslinked polymer having a gel swell within the range of 35 to 200 weight percent and having dynamic shear moduli, over the temperature range of 23° to 120°C, which fall on or within the boundary of A-B-C-D of Figure 1, and wherein a diffraction grating of said crosslinked polymer has a first order diffraction efficiency which changes less than 15% when heated at 130°C for 1 hour as compared to the first order diffraction efficiency before heating.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
CA000393562A CA1155617A (en) | 1978-07-20 | 1982-01-04 | Shaped plastic articles having replicated microstructure surfaces |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US926,325 | 1978-07-20 | ||
US05/926,325 US4576850A (en) | 1978-07-20 | 1978-07-20 | Shaped plastic articles having replicated microstructure surfaces |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA1133209A true CA1133209A (en) | 1982-10-12 |
Family
ID=25453059
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA327,835A Expired CA1133209A (en) | 1978-07-20 | 1979-05-17 | Shaped plastic articles having replicated microstructure surfaces |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US4576850A (en) |
JP (1) | JPS5516098A (en) |
CA (1) | CA1133209A (en) |
GB (2) | GB2027441B (en) |
Families Citing this family (420)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4906315A (en) * | 1983-06-20 | 1990-03-06 | Mcgrew Stephen P | Surface relief holograms and holographic hot-stamping foils, and method of fabricating same |
JPS60103308A (en) * | 1983-11-11 | 1985-06-07 | Pioneer Electronic Corp | Manufacture of micro fresnel lens |
GB8413955D0 (en) * | 1984-05-31 | 1984-07-04 | Pa Consulting Services | Displacement measuring apparatus |
JPH063995B2 (en) * | 1984-12-25 | 1994-01-12 | 松下電器産業株式会社 | Brushless motor |
USRE40227E1 (en) | 1985-11-21 | 2008-04-08 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Totally internally reflecting thin, flexible film |
CA1279783C (en) * | 1985-11-21 | 1991-02-05 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Totally internally reflecting thin, flexible film |
US5056892A (en) * | 1985-11-21 | 1991-10-15 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Totally internally reflecting thin, flexible film |
US4684538A (en) * | 1986-02-21 | 1987-08-04 | Loctite Corporation | Polysiloxane urethane compounds and adhesive compositions, and method of making and using the same |
US4657779A (en) * | 1986-03-19 | 1987-04-14 | Desoto, Inc. | Shrinkage-resistant ultraviolet-curing coatings |
US4703999A (en) * | 1986-06-16 | 1987-11-03 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Wide-angle-reflective cube-corner retroreflective sheeting |
US5113555A (en) * | 1986-09-08 | 1992-05-19 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Container with intermeshable closure members |
US5088164A (en) * | 1986-09-08 | 1992-02-18 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Container with intermeshable closure members |
JPS63107589A (en) * | 1986-10-23 | 1988-05-12 | Nec Corp | Optical recording medium |
US4775219A (en) | 1986-11-21 | 1988-10-04 | Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Company | Cube-corner retroreflective articles having tailored divergence profiles |
US4938563A (en) * | 1986-11-21 | 1990-07-03 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | High efficiency cube corner retroflective material |
CA1330464C (en) * | 1987-12-08 | 1994-06-28 | Mitsui Petrochemical Industries, Ltd. | Active energy ray-curable composition and optical recording medium having cured product of the composition |
US5145212A (en) * | 1988-02-12 | 1992-09-08 | American Banknote Holographics, Inc. | Non-continuous holograms, methods of making them and articles incorporating them |
US5158557A (en) * | 1988-04-04 | 1992-10-27 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Refastenable adhesive tape closure |
US5003915A (en) * | 1988-04-18 | 1991-04-02 | American Bank Note Holographics, Inc. | Apparatus for printing and for forming a hologram on sheet material |
US4933120A (en) * | 1988-04-18 | 1990-06-12 | American Bank Note Holographics, Inc. | Combined process of printing and forming a hologram |
US5175030A (en) * | 1989-02-10 | 1992-12-29 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Microstructure-bearing composite plastic articles and method of making |
US5183597A (en) * | 1989-02-10 | 1993-02-02 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Method of molding microstructure bearing composite plastic articles |
US4959265A (en) * | 1989-04-17 | 1990-09-25 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Pressure-sensitive adhesive tape fastener for releasably attaching an object to a fabric |
US5083850A (en) * | 1989-08-29 | 1992-01-28 | American Bank Note Holographics, Inc. | Technique of forming a separate information bearing printed pattern on replicas of a hologram or other surface relief diffraction pattern |
US5116548A (en) * | 1989-08-29 | 1992-05-26 | American Bank Note Holographics, Inc. | Replicaton of microstructures by casting in controlled areas of a substrate |
US5316849A (en) * | 1989-10-26 | 1994-05-31 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Reclosable mechanical fastener based on a composite article |
US5888335A (en) * | 1989-10-26 | 1999-03-30 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Multiple releasable contact responsive fasteners |
US6004670A (en) * | 1989-10-26 | 1999-12-21 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Multiple releasable contact responsive fasteners |
US5196266A (en) * | 1989-10-26 | 1993-03-23 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Reclosable mechanical fastener based on a composite article |
AU637640B2 (en) * | 1989-10-26 | 1993-06-03 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Reclosable mechanical fastener based on a composite article |
US5580511A (en) * | 1990-01-25 | 1996-12-03 | Dai Nippon Insatsu Kabushiki Kaisha | Method of forming thick film pattern and material for forming thick film pattern |
US5117304A (en) * | 1990-09-21 | 1992-05-26 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Retroreflective article |
DE59004252D1 (en) * | 1990-10-20 | 1994-02-24 | Heidenhain Gmbh Dr Johannes | Interferential measuring device for at least one measuring direction. |
US5254390B1 (en) * | 1990-11-15 | 1999-05-18 | Minnesota Mining & Mfg | Plano-convex base sheet for retroreflective articles |
US5237449A (en) * | 1991-01-29 | 1993-08-17 | Nelson Optics Company, Inc. | Biased lenticular sign system |
US5107626A (en) * | 1991-02-06 | 1992-04-28 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Method of providing a patterned surface on a substrate |
US5378251A (en) * | 1991-02-06 | 1995-01-03 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Abrasive articles and methods of making and using same |
US5152917B1 (en) * | 1991-02-06 | 1998-01-13 | Minnesota Mining & Mfg | Structured abrasive article |
US5354338A (en) * | 1991-02-22 | 1994-10-11 | Ledergerber Walter J | Texturized covering for implants |
US5634669A (en) * | 1991-04-16 | 1997-06-03 | American Bank Note Holographics, Inc. | Holographic check authentication article |
US5508084A (en) * | 1991-08-28 | 1996-04-16 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Repositionable articles having a microstructured surface, kits for producing same, and methods of use |
US5234740A (en) * | 1991-08-28 | 1993-08-10 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Slip control sheeting and articles covered with same |
FR2682486B1 (en) * | 1991-10-15 | 1993-11-12 | Commissariat A Energie Atomique | INTERFERENTIAL DIELECTRIC MIRROR AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING SUCH A MIRROR. |
US5437754A (en) * | 1992-01-13 | 1995-08-01 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Abrasive article having precise lateral spacing between abrasive composite members |
US5268782A (en) * | 1992-01-16 | 1993-12-07 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Micro-ridged, polymeric liquid crystal display substrate and display device |
US5200851A (en) * | 1992-02-13 | 1993-04-06 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Infrared reflecting cube-cornered sheeting |
US5201101A (en) * | 1992-04-28 | 1993-04-13 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Method of attaching articles and a pair of articles fastened by the method |
US5360270A (en) * | 1992-04-28 | 1994-11-01 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Reusable security enclosure |
JPH07509411A (en) * | 1992-07-17 | 1995-10-19 | ミネソタ マイニング アンド マニュファクチャリング カンパニー | Lens processing methods and means used |
US5289311A (en) * | 1992-08-14 | 1994-02-22 | Rca Thomson Licensing Corp. | Optical element such as a rear projection screen for an image display device and method of producing same |
JP3649442B2 (en) * | 1992-12-17 | 2005-05-18 | ミネソタ・マイニング・アンド・マニュファクチュアリング・カンパニー | Reduced viscosity slurry, abrasive article made therefrom, and method for producing the article |
US5342419A (en) * | 1992-12-31 | 1994-08-30 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Abrasive composites having a controlled rate of erosion, articles incorporating same, and methods of making and using same |
US5629804A (en) * | 1993-01-18 | 1997-05-13 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Diffraction grating |
CN1124472A (en) * | 1993-05-26 | 1996-06-12 | 美国3M公司 | Method of providing a smooth surface on a substrate |
US5709598A (en) * | 1993-06-02 | 1998-01-20 | Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. | Abrasive tape and method of producing the same |
DE69429548T2 (en) * | 1993-06-14 | 2002-05-23 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | projection screen |
US5549962A (en) * | 1993-06-30 | 1996-08-27 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Precisely shaped particles and method of making the same |
WO1995003558A1 (en) * | 1993-07-19 | 1995-02-02 | Reflexite Corporation | Retroreflective structure |
US5475533A (en) * | 1993-08-02 | 1995-12-12 | Applied Physics Research, L.P. | Apparatus for enhancing the brightness of an image and method of making the same |
US5648145A (en) * | 1993-09-10 | 1997-07-15 | Reflexite Corporation | Fire-resistant, retroreflective structure |
ATE182502T1 (en) * | 1993-09-13 | 1999-08-15 | Minnesota Mining & Mfg | ABRASIVE ARTICLE, METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING THE SAME, METHOD FOR USING THE SAME FOR FINISHING, AND MANUFACTURING TOOL |
US5658184A (en) * | 1993-09-13 | 1997-08-19 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Nail tool and method of using same to file, polish and/or buff a fingernail or a toenail |
US5585164A (en) * | 1993-10-20 | 1996-12-17 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Dual groove set retroreflective cube corner article and method of manufacture |
US6318867B1 (en) | 1993-10-20 | 2001-11-20 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Conformable cube corner retroreflective sheeting |
US5600484A (en) | 1993-10-20 | 1997-02-04 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Machining techniques for retroreflective cube corner article and method of manufacture |
US5691846A (en) * | 1993-10-20 | 1997-11-25 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Ultra-flexible retroreflective cube corner composite sheetings and methods of manufacture |
US5614286A (en) * | 1993-10-20 | 1997-03-25 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Conformable cube corner retroreflective sheeting |
US5564870A (en) * | 1993-10-20 | 1996-10-15 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Method of manufacturing an asymmetric cube corner article |
US5696627A (en) * | 1993-10-20 | 1997-12-09 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Directly machined raised structure retroreflective cube corner article and method of manufacture |
EP0724733B1 (en) * | 1993-10-20 | 2001-09-26 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Multiple structure cube corner article and method of manufacture |
US5450235A (en) | 1993-10-20 | 1995-09-12 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Flexible cube-corner retroreflective sheeting |
US5759468A (en) * | 1993-10-20 | 1998-06-02 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Raised zone retroreflective cube corner article and method of manufacture |
EP0725809B1 (en) | 1993-10-29 | 1999-12-08 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Pressure-sensitive adhesives having microstructured surfaces |
US6440880B2 (en) | 1993-10-29 | 2002-08-27 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Pressure-sensitive adhesives having microstructured surfaces |
US5632668A (en) * | 1993-10-29 | 1997-05-27 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Method for the polishing and finishing of optical lenses |
US6170952B1 (en) | 1993-12-07 | 2001-01-09 | Neoptx, Inc. | Adherent corrective lenses and eyeglasses embodying the same |
JP3323614B2 (en) * | 1993-12-27 | 2002-09-09 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Transparent member and its manufacturing method |
DE69511068T2 (en) * | 1994-02-22 | 2000-04-06 | Minnesota Mining & Mfg | ABRASIVE ARTICLE, METHOD FOR PRODUCING THE SAME, AND METHOD FOR APPLYING THE SAME IN FINISHING |
BR9507585A (en) * | 1994-05-02 | 1997-09-23 | Minnesota Mining & Mfg | Process for producing an oven and a retro-reflective fabric material and retro-reflective material |
US5512219A (en) * | 1994-06-03 | 1996-04-30 | Reflexite Corporation | Method of casting a microstructure sheet having an array of prism elements using a reusable polycarbonate mold |
US5760100B1 (en) | 1994-09-06 | 2000-11-14 | Ciba Vision Corp | Extended wear ophthalmic lens |
US7468398B2 (en) | 1994-09-06 | 2008-12-23 | Ciba Vision Corporation | Extended wear ophthalmic lens |
US5565151A (en) * | 1994-09-28 | 1996-10-15 | Reflexite Corporation | Retroreflective prism structure with windows formed thereon |
US6258443B1 (en) | 1994-09-28 | 2001-07-10 | Reflexite Corporation | Textured retroreflective prism structures and molds for forming same |
US5591527A (en) * | 1994-11-02 | 1997-01-07 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Optical security articles and methods for making same |
WO1996016343A1 (en) | 1994-11-23 | 1996-05-30 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Retroreflective article containing a polyether polyurethane binder layer |
US5626800A (en) * | 1995-02-03 | 1997-05-06 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Prevention of groove tip deformation in brightness enhancement film |
US5706133A (en) * | 1995-02-09 | 1998-01-06 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Retroreflective signage articles, kits for producing same, and methods of making signage articles |
RU2154578C2 (en) * | 1995-02-16 | 2000-08-20 | Миннесота Майнинг Энд Мэнюфекчуринг Компани | Product containing effective on short-period pressing glue and showing improved adhesion for plasticized polyvinylchloride, and a method for joining plasticized polyvinylchloride with substrate by means of glue effective on short-period pressing |
FR2731081B1 (en) * | 1995-02-27 | 1997-04-11 | Essilor Int | PROCESS FOR OBTAINING A TRANSPARENT ARTICLE WITH A REFRACTION INDEX |
GB9509487D0 (en) | 1995-05-10 | 1995-07-05 | Ici Plc | Micro relief element & preparation thereof |
US5757521A (en) * | 1995-05-11 | 1998-05-26 | Advanced Deposition Technologies, Inc. | Pattern metallized optical varying security devices |
DE69629685T2 (en) * | 1995-06-09 | 2004-06-17 | Minnesota Mining And Mfg. Co., Saint Paul | RETRO-REFLECTING, CUBED-LIQUID BODY WITH UNQUALIFIED BASE TRIANGLES |
US5639530A (en) * | 1995-06-16 | 1997-06-17 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Retroreflective articles comprising a non-thermoplastic hydrocarbon elastomer adhesive layer for life saving devices at sea |
US5634245A (en) * | 1995-07-14 | 1997-06-03 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Structured surface fastener |
US5714218A (en) | 1995-08-21 | 1998-02-03 | Dainippon Printing Co., Ltd. | Ionizing radiation-curable resin composition for optical article, optical article, and surface light source |
US5645938A (en) * | 1995-09-15 | 1997-07-08 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Retroreflective article containing a polyester polyurethane binder layer |
US5975987A (en) * | 1995-10-05 | 1999-11-02 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Method and apparatus for knurling a workpiece, method of molding an article with such workpiece, and such molded article |
DE69622198T2 (en) * | 1995-10-18 | 2003-03-06 | Minnesota Mining & Mfg | LIGHT LEADER WITH TOTAL INTERNAL REFLECTION |
JP3285586B2 (en) * | 1995-10-24 | 2002-05-27 | 日本カーバイド工業株式会社 | Method and apparatus for continuously forming optical element assembly |
EP0858609B1 (en) * | 1995-11-02 | 2002-04-17 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Microstructured articles with backing and methods of manufacture |
GB9524862D0 (en) * | 1995-12-06 | 1996-02-07 | The Technology Partnership Plc | Colour diffractive structure |
US5662758A (en) | 1996-01-10 | 1997-09-02 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Composite material releasably sealable to a target surface when pressed thereagainst and method of making |
CN100339453C (en) | 1996-01-10 | 2007-09-26 | 普罗克特和甘保尔公司 | Material with matter protected by deformable interval structure and its production process |
US5706132A (en) * | 1996-01-19 | 1998-01-06 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Dual orientation retroreflective sheeting |
USD383312S (en) * | 1996-01-19 | 1997-09-09 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Seal pattern on retroreflective sheeting |
US5905826A (en) * | 1996-01-24 | 1999-05-18 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Co. | Conspicuity marking system including light guide and retroreflective structure |
US6159407A (en) * | 1996-01-26 | 2000-12-12 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Stacked laminate mold and method of making |
US5656360A (en) * | 1996-02-16 | 1997-08-12 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Article with holographic and retroreflective features |
US5815292A (en) * | 1996-02-21 | 1998-09-29 | Advanced Deposition Technologies, Inc. | Low cost diffraction images for high security application |
US20100302479A1 (en) * | 1996-03-21 | 2010-12-02 | Aronson Joseph T | Optical article |
US5910858A (en) * | 1996-04-01 | 1999-06-08 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Retroreflective sheeting with coated back surface |
US5754338A (en) * | 1996-04-01 | 1998-05-19 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Structured retroreflective sheeting having a rivet-like connection |
US5784197A (en) * | 1996-04-01 | 1998-07-21 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Ultra-flexible retroreflective sheeting with coated back surface |
US5882796A (en) * | 1996-04-01 | 1999-03-16 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Bonded structured retroreflective sheeting |
US5763049A (en) * | 1996-04-30 | 1998-06-09 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Formed ultra-flexible retroreflective cube-corner composite sheeting with target optical properties and method for making same |
US5908874A (en) * | 1996-06-18 | 1999-06-01 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Polymerizable compositions containing fluorochemicals to reduce melting temperature |
DE69730526T2 (en) * | 1996-06-28 | 2005-09-15 | Kaneka Corp. | METHOD FOR PRODUCING A COATED, SYNTHETIC RESIN EXPRESSED IN A TOOL TOOL, AND METAL FORMING TOOL USED IN THIS METHOD |
US5912059A (en) * | 1996-08-16 | 1999-06-15 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Ostomy pouch having non-tacky fastener system |
US5848769A (en) * | 1996-08-26 | 1998-12-15 | Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Company | Drag reduction article |
US6083585A (en) * | 1996-09-23 | 2000-07-04 | Bp Amoco Corporation | Oxygen scavenging condensation copolymers for bottles and packaging articles |
CZ298276B6 (en) * | 1996-09-23 | 2007-08-15 | Bp Corporation North America Inc. | Thermoplastic container, thermoplastic bottle and process for producing multilayered thermoplastic bottle |
US5734501A (en) * | 1996-11-01 | 1998-03-31 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Highly canted retroreflective cube corner article |
US6021559A (en) * | 1996-11-01 | 2000-02-08 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Methods of making a cube corner article master mold |
US5965235A (en) * | 1996-11-08 | 1999-10-12 | The Procter & Gamble Co. | Three-dimensional, amorphous-patterned, nesting-resistant sheet materials and method and apparatus for making same |
US5976669A (en) * | 1996-12-20 | 1999-11-02 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Retroreflective article having launderably durable bead-bond |
US6197397B1 (en) * | 1996-12-31 | 2001-03-06 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Adhesives having a microreplicated topography and methods of making and using same |
US6524681B1 (en) | 1997-04-08 | 2003-02-25 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Patterned surface friction materials, clutch plate members and methods of making and using same |
US6054007A (en) * | 1997-04-09 | 2000-04-25 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Method of forming shaped adhesives |
US6031958A (en) * | 1997-05-21 | 2000-02-29 | Mcgaffigan; Thomas H. | Optical light pipes with laser light appearance |
US5968633A (en) * | 1997-06-06 | 1999-10-19 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Selectively-activatible sheet material for dispensing and dispersing a substance onto a target surface |
US6224465B1 (en) | 1997-06-26 | 2001-05-01 | Stuart L. Meyer | Methods and apparatus for chemical mechanical planarization using a microreplicated surface |
US5889615A (en) * | 1997-06-27 | 1999-03-30 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Dual axis retroreflective articles |
US6099940A (en) * | 1997-07-16 | 2000-08-08 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Selectively-activatible three-dimensional sheet material having multi-stage progressive activation to deliver a substance to a target surface |
US5946991A (en) * | 1997-09-03 | 1999-09-07 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Method for knurling a workpiece |
JP2001517809A (en) * | 1997-09-25 | 2001-10-09 | ミネソタ マイニング アンド マニュファクチャリング カンパニー | Dual use reflective article |
US6136412A (en) * | 1997-10-10 | 2000-10-24 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Microtextured catalyst transfer substrate |
US6036322A (en) * | 1997-12-01 | 2000-03-14 | Reflexite Corporation | Multi-orientation retroreflective structure |
FR2772302B1 (en) * | 1997-12-11 | 2000-01-21 | Essilor Int | METHOD FOR OBTAINING AN OPHTHALMIC LENS COMPRISING A UTILITY SURFACE MICROSTRUCTURE AND OPHTHALMIC LENS THUS OBTAINED |
US6159596A (en) * | 1997-12-23 | 2000-12-12 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Self mating adhesive fastener element articles including a self mating adhesive fastener element and methods for producing and using |
US6045230A (en) * | 1998-02-05 | 2000-04-04 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Modulating retroreflective article |
US6282026B1 (en) | 1998-02-05 | 2001-08-28 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Retroreflectors having two optical surfaces and varying retroreflectivity |
US6258918B1 (en) | 1998-04-22 | 2001-07-10 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Flexible polyurethane material |
NZ507729A (en) | 1998-04-29 | 2003-05-30 | 3M Innovative Properties Co | Receptor sheet for inkjet printing having an embossed surface |
US6352758B1 (en) | 1998-05-04 | 2002-03-05 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Patterned article having alternating hydrophilic and hydrophobic surface regions |
US6132861A (en) * | 1998-05-04 | 2000-10-17 | 3M Innovatives Properties Company | Retroreflective articles including a cured ceramer composite coating having a combination of excellent abrasion, dew and stain resistant characteristics |
US6265061B1 (en) | 1998-05-04 | 2001-07-24 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Retroflective articles including a cured ceramer composite coating having abrasion and stain resistant characteristics |
US6245833B1 (en) | 1998-05-04 | 2001-06-12 | 3M Innovative Properties | Ceramer composition incorporating fluoro/silane component and having abrasion and stain resistant characteristics |
US6123798A (en) * | 1998-05-06 | 2000-09-26 | Caliper Technologies Corp. | Methods of fabricating polymeric structures incorporating microscale fluidic elements |
US6214443B1 (en) | 1998-06-15 | 2001-04-10 | American Bank Note Holographics, Inc. | Tamper evident holographic devices and methods of manufacture |
US6977109B1 (en) * | 1998-07-24 | 2005-12-20 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Microperforated polymeric film for sound absorption and sound absorber using same |
US6280822B1 (en) | 1999-01-11 | 2001-08-28 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Cube corner cavity based retroeflectors with transparent fill material |
US6326072B1 (en) | 1999-01-29 | 2001-12-04 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Release liner incorporating syndiotactic vinyl aromatic polymer |
US6322236B1 (en) * | 1999-02-09 | 2001-11-27 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Optical film with defect-reducing surface and method for making same |
US6055108A (en) * | 1999-02-11 | 2000-04-25 | Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company | Imaging articles and methods using dual-axis retroreflective elements |
US6540367B1 (en) * | 1999-04-07 | 2003-04-01 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Structured surface articles containing geometric structures with compound faces and methods for making same |
US6872342B2 (en) * | 1999-04-09 | 2005-03-29 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Embossing and adhesive printing process |
US6193918B1 (en) | 1999-04-09 | 2001-02-27 | The Procter & Gamble Company | High speed embossing and adhesive printing process and apparatus |
US6148496A (en) * | 1999-04-09 | 2000-11-21 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Method for making a seamless apertured metal belt |
US6421052B1 (en) | 1999-04-09 | 2002-07-16 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Method of seaming and expanding amorphous patterns |
US6524675B1 (en) * | 1999-05-13 | 2003-02-25 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Adhesive-back articles |
EP1189758B1 (en) | 1999-06-01 | 2003-07-30 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Random microembossed receptor media |
EP1189757B1 (en) * | 1999-06-01 | 2003-07-30 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Optically transmissive microembossed receptor media |
US6299966B1 (en) | 1999-09-24 | 2001-10-09 | Reynolds Metals Company | Embossed cling wrap |
US7167615B1 (en) | 1999-11-05 | 2007-01-23 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Resonant waveguide-grating filters and sensors and methods for making and using same |
US8111401B2 (en) * | 1999-11-05 | 2012-02-07 | Robert Magnusson | Guided-mode resonance sensors employing angular, spectral, modal, and polarization diversity for high-precision sensing in compact formats |
US6356389B1 (en) | 1999-11-12 | 2002-03-12 | Reflexite Corporation | Subwavelength optical microstructure light collimating films |
US6570710B1 (en) * | 1999-11-12 | 2003-05-27 | Reflexite Corporation | Subwavelength optical microstructure light collimating films |
US8728610B2 (en) | 2000-02-25 | 2014-05-20 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Compound mold and structured surface articles containing geometric structures with compound faces and method of making same |
US6621973B1 (en) | 2000-03-16 | 2003-09-16 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Light guide with protective outer sleeve |
US6612729B1 (en) | 2000-03-16 | 2003-09-02 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Illumination device |
US6481882B1 (en) | 2000-05-04 | 2002-11-19 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Light pipe fixture with internal extractor |
US6635196B1 (en) | 2000-06-12 | 2003-10-21 | National Graphics, Inc. | Molded articles having a surface bearing a lenticular image |
JP2004504415A (en) * | 2000-07-19 | 2004-02-12 | コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エレクトロニクス エヌ ヴィ | Replicas obtained by performing cationic polymerization initiated by UV light and methods for producing the replicas |
TWI291601B (en) * | 2000-08-01 | 2007-12-21 | Taiwan Nano Electro Opt Tech | Process for producing component with microstructure and finished product thereof |
US20040190102A1 (en) * | 2000-08-18 | 2004-09-30 | Mullen Patrick W. | Differentially-cured materials and process for forming same |
CN100389017C (en) | 2000-08-18 | 2008-05-21 | 瑞弗莱克塞特公司 | Differentaially cured materials and process for forming same |
US7230764B2 (en) * | 2000-08-18 | 2007-06-12 | Reflexite Corporation | Differentially-cured materials and process for forming same |
US20030092075A1 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2003-05-15 | Sru Biosystems, Llc | Aldehyde chemical surface activation processes and test methods for colorimetric resonant sensors |
US7101660B2 (en) | 2000-10-30 | 2006-09-05 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Method for producing a colorimetric resonant reflection biosensor on rigid surfaces |
US6951715B2 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2005-10-04 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Optical detection of label-free biomolecular interactions using microreplicated plastic sensor elements |
US7615339B2 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2009-11-10 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Method for producing a colorimetric resonant reflection biosensor on rigid surfaces |
US7371562B2 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2008-05-13 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Guided mode resonant filter biosensor using a linear grating surface structure |
US7094595B2 (en) | 2000-10-30 | 2006-08-22 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Label-free high-throughput optical technique for detecting biomolecular interactions |
US7202076B2 (en) | 2000-10-30 | 2007-04-10 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Label-free high-throughput optical technique for detecting biomolecular interactions |
US7142296B2 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2006-11-28 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for detecting biomolecular interactions |
US20030113766A1 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2003-06-19 | Sru Biosystems, Llc | Amine activated colorimetric resonant biosensor |
US7023544B2 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2006-04-04 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Method and instrument for detecting biomolecular interactions |
US7175980B2 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2007-02-13 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Method of making a plastic colorimetric resonant biosensor device with liquid handling capabilities |
US7264973B2 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2007-09-04 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Label-free methods for performing assays using a colorimetric resonant optical biosensor |
US7300803B2 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2007-11-27 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Label-free methods for performing assays using a colorimetric resonant reflectance optical biosensor |
US7217574B2 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2007-05-15 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Method and apparatus for biosensor spectral shift detection |
US7875434B2 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2011-01-25 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Label-free methods for performing assays using a colorimetric resonant reflectance optical biosensor |
US7575939B2 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2009-08-18 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Optical detection of label-free biomolecular interactions using microreplicated plastic sensor elements |
US7306827B2 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2007-12-11 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Method and machine for replicating holographic gratings on a substrate |
US7070987B2 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2006-07-04 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Guided mode resonant filter biosensor using a linear grating surface structure |
US7153702B2 (en) * | 2000-10-30 | 2006-12-26 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Label-free methods for performing assays using a colorimetric resonant reflectance optical biosensor |
US6305924B1 (en) | 2000-10-31 | 2001-10-23 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Stacked laminate mold |
JP4346904B2 (en) * | 2000-11-09 | 2009-10-21 | リフレキサイト・コーポレーション | Elastic optical structure |
US6535333B1 (en) | 2000-11-21 | 2003-03-18 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Optical system with reduced color shift |
US6740366B2 (en) * | 2000-12-22 | 2004-05-25 | Nippon Sheet Glass Co., Ltd. | Article having predetermined surface shape and method for preparing the same |
US6887916B2 (en) | 2000-12-28 | 2005-05-03 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Materials having controlled shrinkage and patterns and methods of making same |
US6819486B2 (en) | 2001-01-17 | 2004-11-16 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Projection screen having elongated structures |
US6612917B2 (en) | 2001-02-07 | 2003-09-02 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Abrasive article suitable for modifying a semiconductor wafer |
US6632129B2 (en) * | 2001-02-15 | 2003-10-14 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Fixed abrasive article for use in modifying a semiconductor wafer |
US6758992B2 (en) | 2001-02-28 | 2004-07-06 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Process of stripe coating to produce microstructured composite articles |
US6631030B2 (en) | 2001-03-30 | 2003-10-07 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Projection screens and methods for making such projection screens |
US6870670B2 (en) | 2001-04-06 | 2005-03-22 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Screens and methods for displaying information |
US20030163367A1 (en) * | 2001-04-06 | 2003-08-28 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Screens and methods for displaying information |
US6858253B2 (en) | 2001-05-31 | 2005-02-22 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Method of making dimensionally stable composite article |
US7420005B2 (en) * | 2001-06-28 | 2008-09-02 | Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. | Photocurable resin composition, finely embossed pattern-forming sheet, finely embossed transfer sheet, optical article, stamper and method of forming finely embossed pattern |
US8323773B2 (en) * | 2001-10-09 | 2012-12-04 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Laminates with structured layers |
US6881471B2 (en) * | 2001-10-25 | 2005-04-19 | The Procter & Gamble Company | High speed embossing and adhesive printing process and apparatus |
US6926725B2 (en) * | 2002-04-04 | 2005-08-09 | Rex Medical, L.P. | Thrombectomy device with multi-layered rotational wire |
US20030206256A1 (en) * | 2002-05-06 | 2003-11-06 | Drain Kieran F. | Display device with backlight |
TWI341927B (en) * | 2002-05-15 | 2011-05-11 | Reflexite Corp | Optical structures |
US7364314B2 (en) * | 2002-05-15 | 2008-04-29 | Reflexite Corporation | Optical structures |
US6862141B2 (en) | 2002-05-20 | 2005-03-01 | General Electric Company | Optical substrate and method of making |
US7180672B2 (en) * | 2002-05-20 | 2007-02-20 | General Electric Company | Optical substrate and method of making |
US7859759B2 (en) * | 2002-05-20 | 2010-12-28 | Sabic Innovative Plastics Ip B.V. | Film, backlight displays, and methods for making the same |
US20030221770A1 (en) * | 2002-05-28 | 2003-12-04 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Segmented curable transfer tapes |
US20050175806A1 (en) * | 2002-05-28 | 2005-08-11 | Banovetz John P. | Adhesive tape |
US6656332B1 (en) * | 2002-05-29 | 2003-12-02 | General Motors Corporation | Replicating method for surface finish inspection |
DE10234246A1 (en) * | 2002-07-27 | 2004-02-05 | Tesa Ag | Pressure-sensitive adhesive material for bonding transparent substrates, e.g. in liquid crystal displays and other optical applications, comprises block copolymers with blocks of different refractive index |
US7927822B2 (en) * | 2002-09-09 | 2011-04-19 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Methods for screening cells and antibodies |
US7429492B2 (en) * | 2002-09-09 | 2008-09-30 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Multiwell plates with integrated biosensors and membranes |
US20040051444A1 (en) * | 2002-09-17 | 2004-03-18 | General Electric Company | Articles having raised features and methods for making the same |
JP2004109417A (en) * | 2002-09-18 | 2004-04-08 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | Method for manufacturing optical diffraction structure, replication forming plate and medium |
US6811274B2 (en) * | 2002-12-04 | 2004-11-02 | General Electric Company | Polarization sensitive optical substrate |
US7309614B1 (en) | 2002-12-04 | 2007-12-18 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Self-referencing biodetection method and patterned bioassays |
US7125131B2 (en) * | 2002-12-06 | 2006-10-24 | General Electric Company | Brightness enhancement film with improved view angle |
US6952627B2 (en) * | 2002-12-18 | 2005-10-04 | General Electric Company | Method and apparatus for fabricating light management substrates |
US7070850B2 (en) * | 2002-12-31 | 2006-07-04 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Drag reduction article and method of use |
US6833176B2 (en) * | 2003-01-06 | 2004-12-21 | General Electric Company | Radiation curable microstructure-bearing articles |
US6844950B2 (en) * | 2003-01-07 | 2005-01-18 | General Electric Company | Microstructure-bearing articles of high refractive index |
US7236217B2 (en) * | 2003-01-16 | 2007-06-26 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Package of optical films with zero-gap bond outside viewing area |
US20060056031A1 (en) * | 2004-09-10 | 2006-03-16 | Capaldo Kevin P | Brightness enhancement film, and methods of making and using the same |
US6884371B2 (en) | 2003-03-06 | 2005-04-26 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Method of making retroreflective sheeting and articles |
US7410604B2 (en) * | 2003-03-06 | 2008-08-12 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Method of making retroreflective sheeting and slot die apparatus |
US7156527B2 (en) | 2003-03-06 | 2007-01-02 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Lamina comprising cube corner elements and retroreflective sheeting |
DE502004004729D1 (en) | 2003-03-21 | 2007-10-04 | Ovd Kinegram Ag | Process for the preparation of two overlapping microstructures |
US6811841B1 (en) * | 2003-04-15 | 2004-11-02 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Light-stable structures |
CN1833183A (en) * | 2003-05-02 | 2006-09-13 | 瑞弗莱克塞特公司 | Light-redirecting optical structures |
US7497992B2 (en) * | 2003-05-08 | 2009-03-03 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Detection of biochemical interactions on a biosensor using tunable filters and tunable lasers |
US7776078B2 (en) * | 2003-05-22 | 2010-08-17 | Boston Scientfic Scimed, Inc. | Catheter balloon with improved retention |
US6833391B1 (en) * | 2003-05-27 | 2004-12-21 | General Electric Company | Curable (meth)acrylate compositions |
JP2005066836A (en) * | 2003-08-22 | 2005-03-17 | Three M Innovative Properties Co | Flexible mold, its manufacturing method and fine structure manufacture method |
US7271283B2 (en) * | 2003-08-29 | 2007-09-18 | General Electric Company | High refractive index, UV-curable monomers and coating compositions prepared therefrom |
US7413336B2 (en) * | 2003-08-29 | 2008-08-19 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Adhesive stacking for multiple optical films |
US7045558B2 (en) * | 2003-08-29 | 2006-05-16 | General Electric Company | Method of making a high refractive index optical management coating and the coating |
US6844417B1 (en) | 2003-09-19 | 2005-01-18 | General Electric Company | Brominated polycarbonate films |
US8298780B2 (en) * | 2003-09-22 | 2012-10-30 | X-Body, Inc. | Methods of detection of changes in cells |
CA2544836A1 (en) * | 2003-11-06 | 2005-05-26 | Guo Bin Wang | High-density amine-functionalized surface |
US7977430B2 (en) * | 2003-11-25 | 2011-07-12 | Novartis Ag | Crosslinkable polyurea prepolymers |
US20050148735A1 (en) * | 2003-12-30 | 2005-07-07 | Olson David B. | Polymerizable composition for optical articles |
US20050147838A1 (en) * | 2003-12-30 | 2005-07-07 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Polymerizable compositions for optical articles |
US7147358B2 (en) * | 2003-12-31 | 2006-12-12 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Cover removal tab for optical products |
US7072092B2 (en) * | 2003-12-31 | 2006-07-04 | General Electric Company | Optical substrate with modulated structure |
JPWO2005066663A1 (en) * | 2004-01-05 | 2007-12-20 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Light diffusion film, surface light source device and liquid crystal display device |
KR100634315B1 (en) * | 2004-02-12 | 2006-10-16 | 한국과학기술원 | Polymer pattern |
US20050238852A1 (en) * | 2004-04-23 | 2005-10-27 | Naoki Nakayama | Optical products for displays |
US7262856B2 (en) * | 2004-05-25 | 2007-08-28 | Hobbs Douglas S | Microstructured optical device for remote chemical sensing |
CN100437268C (en) * | 2004-07-09 | 2008-11-26 | 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 | Light guiding plate mould and its preparation method |
US9247717B2 (en) | 2004-07-28 | 2016-02-02 | Nite Glow Industries, Inc. | Retractable flat belt reflective pet leash |
US7204206B2 (en) * | 2004-07-28 | 2007-04-17 | Nite Glow Industries, Inc. | Abrasion resistant omnidirectionally reflective pet leash |
US7204207B2 (en) * | 2004-07-28 | 2007-04-17 | Nite Glow Industries, Inc. | Abrasion resistant omnidirectionally reflective jewelry |
US7246477B2 (en) * | 2004-07-28 | 2007-07-24 | Nite Glow Industries, Inc. | Omnidirectionally reflective horse halter |
US7549399B2 (en) * | 2004-07-28 | 2009-06-23 | Nite Glow Industries, Inc. | Abrasion resistant omnidirectionally reflective retractable pet leash |
US7219626B2 (en) * | 2004-07-28 | 2007-05-22 | Nite Glow Industries, Inc. | Pet toy having omnidirectional reflectivity |
US7331311B2 (en) * | 2004-07-28 | 2008-02-19 | Nite Glow Industries, Inc. | Abrasion resistant omnidirectionally reflective rope |
US9730429B2 (en) | 2004-07-28 | 2017-08-15 | Nite Glow Industries, Inc. | Abrasion resistant omnidirectionally reflective retractable pet leash |
US6925965B1 (en) | 2004-07-28 | 2005-08-09 | Nite Glow Industries, Inc. | Omnidirectional reflective pet leash |
US20110203533A1 (en) * | 2004-07-28 | 2011-08-25 | Marni Markell Hurwitz | Flat, braided, omnidirectionally reflective collar and leash |
US7341784B2 (en) * | 2004-09-10 | 2008-03-11 | General Electric Company | Light management film and its preparation and use |
US7304112B2 (en) * | 2004-10-01 | 2007-12-04 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Azlactone telechelic polymer |
US7332546B2 (en) * | 2004-10-01 | 2008-02-19 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Ring-opened azlactone telechelic polymer |
US20060077555A1 (en) * | 2004-10-08 | 2006-04-13 | Chen Ching W | Diffuse optical films |
US20060103777A1 (en) * | 2004-11-15 | 2006-05-18 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Optical film having a structured surface with rectangular based prisms |
US7252396B2 (en) * | 2004-11-16 | 2007-08-07 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Retroreflective article having at least one valve and method of making same |
US20060128853A1 (en) * | 2004-12-13 | 2006-06-15 | General Electric Company | Compositions for articles comprising replicated microstructures |
US20060128852A1 (en) * | 2004-12-13 | 2006-06-15 | General Electric Company | Compositions for articles comprising replicated microstructures |
KR20130008643A (en) * | 2004-12-28 | 2013-01-22 | 쓰리엠 이노베이티브 프로퍼티즈 컴파니 | Prismatic retroreflective article with fluorine- or silicon-containing prisms |
US7195360B2 (en) * | 2004-12-28 | 2007-03-27 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Prismatic retroreflective article and method |
US7320538B2 (en) * | 2004-12-30 | 2008-01-22 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Optical film having a structured surface with concave pyramid-shaped structures |
US7416309B2 (en) * | 2004-12-30 | 2008-08-26 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Optical film having a surface with rounded structures |
US7220026B2 (en) * | 2004-12-30 | 2007-05-22 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Optical film having a structured surface with offset prismatic structures |
FR2880540B1 (en) * | 2005-01-13 | 2008-07-11 | Aventis Pharma Sa | USE OF PURINE DERIVATIVES AS INHIBITORS OF HSP90 PROTEIN |
US7339635B2 (en) | 2005-01-14 | 2008-03-04 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Pre-stacked optical films with adhesive layer |
JP4205063B2 (en) * | 2005-01-14 | 2009-01-07 | シャープ株式会社 | Retroreflector, display device, and method of manufacturing retroreflector |
JP2008528842A (en) * | 2005-01-31 | 2008-07-31 | リフレキサイト・コーポレーション | Retractable sign material and clothing tape backed by fabric |
JP2008530346A (en) * | 2005-02-17 | 2008-08-07 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | Brightness enhancing film comprising a polymerized organic phase having a low glass transition temperature |
GB0504959D0 (en) * | 2005-03-10 | 2005-04-20 | Rue International De La Ltd | Security device based on customised microprism film |
US20060204676A1 (en) | 2005-03-11 | 2006-09-14 | Jones Clinton L | Polymerizable composition comprising low molecular weight organic component |
US20060250707A1 (en) * | 2005-05-05 | 2006-11-09 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Optical film having a surface with rounded pyramidal structures |
US20070024994A1 (en) * | 2005-07-29 | 2007-02-01 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Structured optical film with interspersed pyramidal structures |
US7871670B2 (en) * | 2005-08-10 | 2011-01-18 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Microfabrication using replicated patterned topography and self-assembled monolayers |
US20070082988A1 (en) * | 2005-10-06 | 2007-04-12 | General Electric Company | Compositions for articles comprising replicated microstructures |
US7326504B2 (en) * | 2005-10-14 | 2008-02-05 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Imaged anti-copy film |
US7467873B2 (en) * | 2005-10-14 | 2008-12-23 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Privacy film |
TWI417324B (en) | 2005-11-15 | 2013-12-01 | 3M Innovative Properties Co | Brightness enhancing film and method of surface treating inorganic nanoparticles |
US7777832B2 (en) * | 2005-11-18 | 2010-08-17 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Multi-function enhancement film |
JP5642335B2 (en) * | 2005-12-09 | 2014-12-17 | 三井化学株式会社 | Olefin polymer, composition thereof, and adhesive resin comprising the composition |
US20070153384A1 (en) * | 2005-12-30 | 2007-07-05 | Ouderkirk Andrew J | Reinforced reflective polarizer films |
CN101370857B (en) | 2006-01-12 | 2012-09-05 | 3M创新有限公司 | Light-collimating film |
US7674028B2 (en) * | 2006-01-13 | 2010-03-09 | Avery Dennison Corporation | Light enhancing structures with multiple arrays of elongate features of varying characteristics |
US20070086207A1 (en) * | 2006-01-13 | 2007-04-19 | Optical Research Associates | Display systems including light enhancing structures with arrays of elongate features |
US7866871B2 (en) | 2006-01-13 | 2011-01-11 | Avery Dennison Corporation | Light enhancing structures with a plurality of arrays of elongate features |
US20070178262A1 (en) * | 2006-01-27 | 2007-08-02 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Storage wrap material |
US7463417B2 (en) * | 2006-02-13 | 2008-12-09 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Optical articles from curable compositions |
GB0605360D0 (en) | 2006-03-16 | 2006-04-26 | Dupont Teijin Films Us Ltd | Method of manufacture |
US20070236939A1 (en) * | 2006-03-31 | 2007-10-11 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Structured Composite Optical Films |
US7992361B2 (en) * | 2006-04-13 | 2011-08-09 | Sabic Innovative Plastics Ip B.V. | Polymer panels and methods of making the same |
US8590271B2 (en) * | 2006-04-13 | 2013-11-26 | Sabic Innovative Plastics Ip B.V. | Multi-wall structural components having enhanced radiatransmission capability |
US7611251B2 (en) | 2006-04-18 | 2009-11-03 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Retroreflective articles comprising olefinic seal films |
EP3270195B1 (en) | 2006-04-18 | 2023-12-20 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Microstructured articles comprising nitrogen containing ingredient |
KR20070108794A (en) * | 2006-05-08 | 2007-11-13 | 미래나노텍(주) | Optical sheet and back light assembly of luquid crystal display equipped with the prism sheet |
DE102006029852A1 (en) | 2006-06-27 | 2008-01-03 | Giesecke & Devrient Gmbh | Method of applying a microstructure, mold and microstructured article |
DE102006035786A1 (en) * | 2006-07-28 | 2008-03-13 | Tesa Ag | Adhesive film with high optical transparency for bonding as splinter protection on glass panes in consumer electronic components |
US7905650B2 (en) * | 2006-08-25 | 2011-03-15 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Backlight suitable for display devices |
US20080093776A1 (en) * | 2006-10-05 | 2008-04-24 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Method of molding ultraviolet cured microstructures and molds |
US8764996B2 (en) * | 2006-10-18 | 2014-07-01 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Methods of patterning a material on polymeric substrates |
US20080095988A1 (en) * | 2006-10-18 | 2008-04-24 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Methods of patterning a deposit metal on a polymeric substrate |
JP2010508520A (en) * | 2006-10-31 | 2010-03-18 | エス アール ユー バイオシステムズ,インコーポレイテッド | Method for blocking non-specific protein binding on functionalized surfaces |
CN101535055B (en) * | 2006-11-15 | 2012-06-13 | 3M创新有限公司 | Flexographic printing method and system |
KR20090079946A (en) | 2006-11-15 | 2009-07-22 | 쓰리엠 이노베이티브 프로퍼티즈 컴파니 | Flexographic printing with curing during transfer to substrate |
US20080145545A1 (en) * | 2006-12-15 | 2008-06-19 | Bret Ja Chisholm | Metal oxide and sulfur-containing coating compositions, methods of use, and articles prepared therefrom |
US7968804B2 (en) * | 2006-12-20 | 2011-06-28 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Methods of patterning a deposit metal on a substrate |
US8456590B2 (en) * | 2007-01-09 | 2013-06-04 | Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd. | Optical sheet, surface light source and display device |
US20080176972A1 (en) * | 2007-01-19 | 2008-07-24 | David Hews | Radiation cured elastomeric urethane acrylate films and the process for making same |
EP2118149B1 (en) * | 2007-02-27 | 2012-05-23 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Brightness enhancing film comprising nanocomposite structure having improved crack resistance |
US20080221291A1 (en) * | 2007-03-07 | 2008-09-11 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Microstructured optical films comprising biphenyl difunctional monomers |
JP5443177B2 (en) | 2007-03-09 | 2014-03-19 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | Triphenyl monomer suitable for microstructured optical film |
US20080299673A1 (en) * | 2007-04-19 | 2008-12-04 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Method for Employing a Biosensor to Detect Small Molecules ("Fragments") that Bind Directly to Immobilized Protein Targets |
EP2147548A4 (en) * | 2007-05-07 | 2010-06-23 | 3M Innovative Properties Co | Projection screen |
US7923675B2 (en) | 2007-06-06 | 2011-04-12 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Projection system having avirtual mask |
EP2157413A4 (en) * | 2007-06-08 | 2013-06-26 | Panasonic Corp | Infrared ray detector |
US9134307B2 (en) * | 2007-07-11 | 2015-09-15 | X-Body, Inc. | Method for determining ion channel modulating properties of a test reagent |
CA2693700A1 (en) * | 2007-07-11 | 2009-01-15 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Methods for identifying modulators of ion channels |
US20090015142A1 (en) * | 2007-07-13 | 2009-01-15 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Light extraction film for organic light emitting diode display devices |
US8179034B2 (en) * | 2007-07-13 | 2012-05-15 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Light extraction film for organic light emitting diode display and lighting devices |
US7547105B2 (en) * | 2007-07-16 | 2009-06-16 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Prismatic retroreflective article with cross-linked image layer and method of making same |
CN101970572B (en) * | 2007-08-09 | 2014-01-29 | 积水化学工业株式会社 | Photocurable composition |
US8033671B1 (en) | 2007-08-10 | 2011-10-11 | Technology Solutions & Invention Llc | Retroreflective structures having a helical geometry |
WO2009052052A1 (en) * | 2007-10-16 | 2009-04-23 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Higher transmission light control film |
CN101849291B (en) | 2007-11-05 | 2013-02-20 | 光子有限公司 | Photovoltaic device |
US20090147361A1 (en) * | 2007-12-07 | 2009-06-11 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Microreplicated films having diffractive features on macro-scale features |
JP2011508904A (en) * | 2007-12-20 | 2011-03-17 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | Backlight reflector having prism structure |
JP2011508262A (en) * | 2007-12-21 | 2011-03-10 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | Light control film |
KR101537130B1 (en) * | 2008-01-28 | 2015-07-15 | 카네카 코포레이션 | Alicyclic epoxy resin composition, cured product thereof, production method thereof, and rubbery polymer-containing resin composition |
CN102016657B (en) * | 2008-03-07 | 2013-03-27 | 可隆工业株式会社 | Optical sheet |
US8080730B2 (en) * | 2008-03-10 | 2011-12-20 | SolarExcel B.V. | Photovoltaic device |
CN101545998B (en) * | 2008-03-28 | 2012-10-10 | 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 | Prism sheet |
US8257936B2 (en) | 2008-04-09 | 2012-09-04 | X-Body Inc. | High resolution label free analysis of cellular properties |
CN102027394B (en) * | 2008-05-16 | 2012-09-05 | 3M创新有限公司 | Light control film with off-axis visible indicia |
US8080608B2 (en) | 2008-06-03 | 2011-12-20 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Optical films comprising phenyl ethylene (meth)acrylate monomers |
WO2009149285A1 (en) * | 2008-06-04 | 2009-12-10 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Detection of promiscuous small submicrometer aggregates |
US8068187B2 (en) * | 2008-06-18 | 2011-11-29 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Stereoscopic 3D liquid crystal display apparatus having a double sided prism film comprising cylindrical lenses and non-contiguous prisms |
EP2139048A1 (en) * | 2008-06-23 | 2009-12-30 | Photon BV | Photovoltaic device with improved spectral response |
US7997235B2 (en) * | 2008-10-02 | 2011-08-16 | NITE Glow INDUSTRIES | Omnidirectionally reflective pet leash |
US20100110551A1 (en) * | 2008-10-31 | 2010-05-06 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Light extraction film with high index backfill layer and passivation layer |
US20110222311A1 (en) * | 2008-11-24 | 2011-09-15 | Kinder Brian A | Web Converting Methods for Forming Light Guides and the Light Guides Formed Therefrom |
US8882328B2 (en) * | 2008-11-24 | 2014-11-11 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Input edge coupler having taper region |
KR101588073B1 (en) * | 2008-12-15 | 2016-01-22 | 쓰리엠 이노베이티브 프로퍼티즈 컴파니 | High refractive index inorganic oxide nanoparticles comprising surface treatment, polymerizable resin, and articles |
US7957621B2 (en) * | 2008-12-17 | 2011-06-07 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Light extraction film with nanoparticle coatings |
KR101729342B1 (en) | 2008-12-22 | 2017-04-21 | 쓰리엠 이노베이티브 프로퍼티즈 컴파니 | Microstructured optical films comprising polymerizable ultraviolet absorber |
KR101034708B1 (en) * | 2009-02-09 | 2011-05-17 | 삼성모바일디스플레이주식회사 | roller type stemper |
WO2010115954A1 (en) * | 2009-04-08 | 2010-10-14 | Photon B.V. | Method for producing a cover plate for a photovoltaic device |
US20100273185A1 (en) * | 2009-04-27 | 2010-10-28 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Detection of Biased Agonist Activation |
US20100291575A1 (en) * | 2009-05-15 | 2010-11-18 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Detection of Changes in Cell Populations and Mixed Cell Populations |
EP2443492A4 (en) | 2009-06-18 | 2018-01-10 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Light control film |
US8197074B2 (en) * | 2009-08-21 | 2012-06-12 | Nite Glow Industries, Inc. | Omnidirectionally reflective buoyant rope |
US20130004967A1 (en) | 2009-11-23 | 2013-01-03 | Halverson Kurt J | Microwell array articles and methods of use |
TWI438531B (en) * | 2009-12-15 | 2014-05-21 | Ind Tech Res Inst | Planar light source module and optical film |
US8659830B2 (en) | 2009-12-21 | 2014-02-25 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Optical films enabling autostereoscopy |
US20110237535A1 (en) * | 2010-03-26 | 2011-09-29 | Sru Biosystems, Inc. | Use of Induced Pluripotent Cells and other Cells for Screening Compound Libraries |
EP2577366B1 (en) | 2010-06-01 | 2020-01-15 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Multi-layer sealing films |
JP5845597B2 (en) * | 2011-03-10 | 2016-01-20 | ダイキン工業株式会社 | Manufacturing method of fine structure |
JP2014516094A (en) | 2011-05-13 | 2014-07-07 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | Benzyl (meth) acrylate monomer suitable for microstructured optical films |
US9329311B2 (en) | 2011-05-25 | 2016-05-03 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Light control film |
WO2012166448A1 (en) | 2011-05-31 | 2012-12-06 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Retroreflective articles having composite cube-corners and methods of making |
US9415539B2 (en) | 2011-05-31 | 2016-08-16 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Method for making microstructured tools having discontinuous topographies, and articles produced therefrom |
SG195168A1 (en) | 2011-05-31 | 2013-12-30 | 3M Innovative Properties Co | Methods for making differentially pattern cured microstructured articles |
US10000588B2 (en) * | 2011-07-28 | 2018-06-19 | Eastman Chemical Company | Coating for the inner surface of plastic bottles for protection against degradation from volatile organic compounds |
WO2013148149A1 (en) | 2012-03-27 | 2013-10-03 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Photovoltaic modules comprising light directing mediums and methods of making the same |
US9360591B2 (en) | 2012-09-20 | 2016-06-07 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Microstructured film comprising nanoparticles and monomer comprising alkylene oxide repeat units |
WO2015002814A1 (en) * | 2013-07-01 | 2015-01-08 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Retroreflective sheeting including a solvent-based topcoat |
EP3036570A4 (en) | 2013-08-19 | 2017-04-19 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Retroreflective sheeting including a low elastic modulus layer |
WO2015026610A2 (en) | 2013-08-19 | 2015-02-26 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Retroreflective sheeting including a substantially amorphous polymeric layer |
JP6650148B2 (en) | 2014-02-13 | 2020-02-19 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | Dual cure type stain resistant microsphere article |
KR102387234B1 (en) | 2014-06-13 | 2022-04-18 | 쓰리엠 이노베이티브 프로퍼티즈 컴파니 | Optical stacks for sparkle reduction |
EP3155461B1 (en) | 2014-06-13 | 2021-07-14 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Optical stacks for sparkle reduction |
US9862124B2 (en) | 2014-07-18 | 2018-01-09 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Multilayer optical adhesives and methods of making same |
US9817163B2 (en) | 2015-04-15 | 2017-11-14 | Avery Dennison Corporation | Vented tooling belt for production of structured surfaces |
JP7071125B2 (en) | 2015-06-30 | 2022-05-18 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | Barrier elements on microstructured articles |
JP6997074B2 (en) | 2015-07-07 | 2022-01-17 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | Light guide article |
US10711182B2 (en) | 2015-07-08 | 2020-07-14 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Photochromic articles containing a polyoxometalate and methods of making and using same |
EP3362744A4 (en) | 2015-10-12 | 2019-06-12 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Light redirecting film useful with solar modules |
CN108369301B (en) | 2015-12-09 | 2021-02-05 | 3M创新有限公司 | Optical stack |
JP2019501802A (en) | 2015-12-28 | 2019-01-24 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | Article having a microstructured layer |
KR20180089538A (en) | 2015-12-28 | 2018-08-08 | 쓰리엠 이노베이티브 프로퍼티즈 컴파니 | An article having a microstructured layer |
CN108473826B (en) | 2016-01-15 | 2021-01-15 | 3M创新有限公司 | Optical adhesive |
JP6929304B2 (en) | 2016-05-27 | 2021-09-01 | スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー | OLED display with improved color uniformity |
CN109313292B (en) | 2016-06-07 | 2021-07-16 | 3M创新有限公司 | Acrylic polyvinyl acetal films for photo-oriented articles |
TW201811518A (en) | 2016-06-21 | 2018-04-01 | 美商3M新設資產公司 | Conversion and application of material strips |
WO2018026679A1 (en) | 2016-08-02 | 2018-02-08 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Manufacturing systems and methods including inline cutting |
BR112019005386A2 (en) | 2016-09-20 | 2019-06-11 | Avery Dennison Corp | multilayer tape |
WO2018080830A1 (en) | 2016-10-28 | 2018-05-03 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Nanostructured article |
US11054558B2 (en) | 2016-12-02 | 2021-07-06 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Photochromic articles containing a porous material with a photochromic dye and fluid, methods of making and using |
KR20190113953A (en) | 2017-02-14 | 2019-10-08 | 쓰리엠 이노베이티브 프로퍼티즈 캄파니 | Non-orthogonal cube corner elements and arrays thereof manufactured by end milling |
US20200096683A1 (en) | 2017-05-25 | 2020-03-26 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Cube corner retroreflective articleswith tailored retroreflectivity and methods of making |
US11378723B2 (en) | 2017-06-02 | 2022-07-05 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Optical film and optical system |
US11059264B2 (en) | 2018-03-19 | 2021-07-13 | Avery Dennison Corporation | Multilayer constrained-layer damping |
WO2019202554A1 (en) | 2018-04-20 | 2019-10-24 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Headset and head-mounted display |
KR20200140307A (en) | 2018-05-03 | 2020-12-15 | 쓰리엠 이노베이티브 프로퍼티즈 컴파니 | Light turning film, backlight and display system |
CN112423977B (en) | 2018-05-17 | 2023-09-19 | 艾利丹尼森公司 | Partially covered multi-layer damping laminate |
US11001979B2 (en) | 2018-08-13 | 2021-05-11 | Vergence Automation, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for ultrawide entrance angle reflective articles for use with autonomous vehicle machine vision systems |
US10739513B2 (en) | 2018-08-31 | 2020-08-11 | RAB Lighting Inc. | Apparatuses and methods for efficiently directing light toward and away from a mounting surface |
US11762133B1 (en) | 2018-09-13 | 2023-09-19 | Vergence Automation, Inc. | Retroreflective materials and articles incorporating near-ideal total internal retroreflective elements |
US10801679B2 (en) | 2018-10-08 | 2020-10-13 | RAB Lighting Inc. | Apparatuses and methods for assembling luminaires |
CN114585604B (en) | 2019-09-30 | 2024-02-02 | 3M创新有限公司 | Dicarboxylic acid compounds, inorganic particles and compositions thereof treated with dicarboxylic acid compounds |
Family Cites Families (13)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
GB1396026A (en) * | 1971-09-29 | 1975-05-29 | Farad Ab | Apparatus for determining the coordinates of an object movable along at least one coordinate axis |
JPS5217630B2 (en) * | 1972-05-31 | 1977-05-17 | ||
US4125678A (en) * | 1973-09-07 | 1978-11-14 | The Sherwin-Williams Company | Radiation polymerizable compositions |
GB1453429A (en) * | 1974-08-08 | 1976-10-20 | Kansai Paint Co Ltd | Photocurable compositions |
US4022855A (en) * | 1975-03-17 | 1977-05-10 | Eastman Kodak Company | Method for making a plastic optical element having a gradient index of refraction |
DE2539163A1 (en) * | 1975-09-03 | 1977-03-17 | Hoechst Ag | FILM OR FILM COMPOSITE MADE OF THERMOPLASTIC PLASTIC WITH OPTICAL INHOMOGENITIES |
DE2615605C2 (en) * | 1976-04-09 | 1978-06-01 | Polygram Gmbh, 2000 Hamburg | Disc-shaped information carrier and method for its manufacture |
US4225631A (en) * | 1976-04-19 | 1980-09-30 | Itek Corporation | Abrasion resistant coatings for unsaturated polymeric substrates |
US4116786A (en) * | 1976-06-08 | 1978-09-26 | Union Carbide Corporation | Radiation curable coating compositions containing an acrylate-capped, polyether urethane and a polysiloxane |
NL7611395A (en) * | 1976-10-15 | 1978-04-18 | Philips Nv | METHOD FOR MULTIPLICATING PLASTIC INFORMATION CARRIERS AND A CASTING RESIN, SUBSTRATE AND DIE USED IN THIS PROCESS. |
US4224357A (en) * | 1977-03-14 | 1980-09-23 | Kansai Paint Co., Ltd. | Method and composition for forming electron beam curing high build coating |
FR2397931A1 (en) * | 1977-07-22 | 1979-02-16 | Thomson Brandt | PROCESS FOR REPRODUCING AN INFORMATION MEDIA DISC AND DISC OBTAINED BY SUCH A PROCESS |
US4130708A (en) * | 1977-12-09 | 1978-12-19 | Ppg Industries, Inc. | Siloxane urethane acrylate radiation curable compounds for use in coating compositions |
-
1978
- 1978-07-20 US US05/926,325 patent/US4576850A/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
-
1979
- 1979-05-17 CA CA327,835A patent/CA1133209A/en not_active Expired
- 1979-07-19 JP JP9106979A patent/JPS5516098A/en active Granted
- 1979-07-19 GB GB7925251A patent/GB2027441B/en not_active Expired
-
1982
- 1982-03-08 GB GB08206721A patent/GB2110702B/en not_active Expired
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
GB2110702A (en) | 1983-06-22 |
JPH045681B2 (en) | 1992-02-03 |
GB2027441A (en) | 1980-02-20 |
JPS5516098A (en) | 1980-02-04 |
GB2110702B (en) | 1983-11-30 |
US4576850A (en) | 1986-03-18 |
GB2027441B (en) | 1983-05-18 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
CA1133209A (en) | Shaped plastic articles having replicated microstructure surfaces | |
US4668558A (en) | Shaped plastic articles having replicated microstructure surfaces | |
US4582885A (en) | Shaped plastic articles having replicated microstructure surfaces | |
US5959775A (en) | Urethane/acrylate bead bond for retroreflective articles | |
JP2778698B2 (en) | Crosslinkable polyurethane or polyurethane / polyurea, method for producing the same and method for controlling crosslinking thereof | |
US5437964A (en) | Stereolithography using vinyl ether-epoxide polymers | |
CA1324925C (en) | Coated polycarbonate articles | |
GB2050396A (en) | Curable fluorocarbon substituted polyetherurethaneacrylates | |
US10884163B2 (en) | Polyurethane layer for a light directing article | |
CN101785056A (en) | Ultraviolet-curable composition for light-transmitting layer and optical disk | |
WO2003077243A1 (en) | Optical information medium | |
EP1332383B1 (en) | Elastical optical structure | |
US6156436A (en) | Use of a crystalline bead bond layer in a retroreflective article | |
JP3115792B2 (en) | Active energy ray-curable resin composition, method for producing the same, molded cured product of active energy ray-curable resin | |
JPS63162715A (en) | Radiation crosslinkable thermoplastic solid compound and cured product obtained therefrom | |
DE2929313C2 (en) | Shaped body with a plastic layer with a microstructured surface and process for its production | |
CA1155617A (en) | Shaped plastic articles having replicated microstructure surfaces | |
JP2725136B2 (en) | Optical three-dimensional molding method and three-dimensional molded object | |
JP3345931B2 (en) | UV curable resin composition and optical fiber using the same | |
JPH03199217A (en) | Liquid curable resin composition | |
JPH1110767A (en) | Transparently coated molding and its manufacture | |
JP2816036B2 (en) | Oligomers for antifogging compositions | |
DE2954645C2 (en) | Polymeric products with micro-structured surface | |
JP2596541B2 (en) | Manufacturing method of magnetic recording medium | |
JP4270686B2 (en) | Casting photopolymerization resin composition |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
MKEX | Expiry |